Electronic Control Units Support Guide 8.6.0
Electronic Control Units Support Guide 8.6.0
Control Units
SW version 8.6.0
1 Table of contents 2
2 Document information 9
3 Scope 11
4 Compatibility Table 12
5 Principle of ECU support 40
6 List of ECU 54
7 List of texts of ECU fault codes 761
8 Notes 1062
6.52.10 MIP 4000 J1939 480 6.62 Solis devices support 575
6.54 Oztek devices support 493 6.64 Sunspec devices support 580
6.55 Perkins engines support 500 6.64.3 Sunspec BESS 700 585
6.55.2 ECM 1300 (1300 series) 504 6.65 Siemens engines support 589
6.55.4 ADEM (1200, 2300, 2500, 2800, 4000 6.66 Sinexcel devices support 596
series) 511 6.66.1 PWG 596
6.56 Powerlink devices support 516 6.67 SMA devices support 598
6.56.1 Powerlink 516 6.67.1 PV Inverters 598
6.57 PSI engines support 518 6.67.2 Sunny Tripower / Sunny Boy 600
6.57.1 E-control 518 6.67.3 SolidQ 602
6.58 Scania engines support 522 6.67.4 SMA SolidQ Fault Codes 603
6.58.1 Engine type explanation 522 6.67.5 DataManager M 604
6.58.2 PCU 522 6.68 Sinotruck engines support 607
6.58.3 S6 Singlespeed 529 6.68.1 BBM 607
6.58.4 S6 Allspeed 533 6.69 SISU engines support 610
6.58.5 S8 Singlespeed 536 6.69.1 Engine type explanation 610
6.58.6 S8 Allspeed 542 6.69.2 EEM2 or EEM3 610
6.59 Schneider devices support 548 6.70 Standard J1939 engines support 614
6.59.1 Conext 548 6.70.1 Standard J1939 engine 614
6.59.2 Conext XW 550 6.70.2 Standard J1939 monitor 624
6.60 SDEC devices support 554 6.71 Steyr engines support 633
6.60.1 Bosch 554 6.71.1 M1 633
6.60.2 Denso 557 6.71.2 EDC17 634
6.60.3 ECTEK F20/F45 560 6.72 Technoton devices support 636
6.60.4 ECTEK F36 562 6.72.1 DFM 637
6.60.5 SDEC Bosch EDC17 Fault Codes 567 6.73 Sungrow devices support 639
6.80.3 Volvo Allspeed EDC3 / EMS1 / 7.8 Caterpillar J1939 Fault Codes 780
EMS2 678 7.9 Caterpillar ADEM A6 Fault Codes 784
6.80.4 EDC4 (EMR2) 681 7.10 Caterpillar ADEM & EMCP Fault
6.80.5 EDC7 (with KWP2000) 682 Codes 788
6.80.6 Volvo Industrial EMS2.4 683 7.11 Continental Uninox Fault Codes 792
6.81 Waukesha engines support 689 7.12 Cummins CM500 Fault Codes 792
6.81.1 Waukesha ESM 689 7.13 Cummins CM558 Fault Codes 794
6.81.2 Waukesha ESM2 692 7.14 Cummins CM570 Fault Codes 794
6.81.3 Waukesha ESM 697 7.15 Cummins CM700 Fault Codes 795
6.81.4 Waukesha ESM2 700 7.16 Cummins CM800 Fault Codes 796
6.82 Weichai engines support 706 7.17 Cummins CM850 Fault Codes 797
6.82.1 WISE 10B V1 706 7.18 Cummins CM2150 Fault Codes 798
6.82.2 WISE 12B 710 7.19 Cummins CM2250 Fault Codes 801
6.82.3 WISE 13A 713 7.20 Cummins CM2350 Fault Codes 802
6.82.4 WISE 15A 716 7.21 Cummins CM2350 Industrial Fault Codes 807
6.82.5 WISE 15C 719 7.22 Cummins CM2880 Fault Codes 812
6.82.6 WISE 18B 722 7.23 Cummins CM2880 Fault Codes 817
6.82.7 WISE 18B Duel 725 7.24 Cummins Modbus Fault Codes 822
6.82.8 WISE 10B V2 728 7.25 Cummins PGI Fault Codes 824
6.83 Woodward devices support 732 7.26 Cummins GCS Fault Codes 828
7.29 Daimler Chrysler ADM3 Fault Codes 835 7.66 Jichai EU3A Fault Codes 905
7.30 DDC DDEC IV/V Fault Codes 836 7.67 John Deere Fault Codes 905
7.31 DSEAVR109 Fault Codes 837 7.68 Kohler Fault Codes 906
7.32 Deutz EMR2 Fault Codes 837 7.69 Kubota Fault Codes 907
7.33 Deutz EMR3 Fault Codes 837 7.70 Kubota EDC17 Fault Codes 909
7.34 Deutz EMR4 Fault Codes 840 7.71 Leroy Somer AVR CD500 Fault Codes 911
7.35 Deutz EMR5 Fault Codes 843 7.72 Leroy Somer prop Fault Codes 911
7.36 Doosan G2 EDC17 Fault Codes 845 7.73 Liebherr LIDEC Fault Codes 911
7.37 Doosan MD1 Fault Codes 849 7.74 Liebherr LIDEC2 Fault Codes 912
7.38 Econtrols EICS Fault Codes 853 7.75 Mahindra AFS Fault Codes 917
7.39 Scania Enmar i7 Fault Codes 856 7.76 MAN MFR Fault Codes 917
7.40 Ford e-control Fault Codes 857 7.77 MAN EDC17 Fault Codes 922
7.41 Gas Engine Technology GMF Fault Codes 861 7.78 Marathon DVR200EC Fault Codes 922
7.42 GM e-control Fault Codes 861 7.79 MESA SECM70 Fault Codes 922
7.43 GM e-control LCI Fault Codes 864 7.80 MTU ADEC J1939 Fault Codes 926
7.44 GM MEFI4/MEFI5B Fault Codes 868 7.81 MTU ADEC 1939 P-engines Fault Codes 931
7.45 GM MEFI6 Fault Codes 871 7.82 MTU DDEC 10 Fault Codes 931
7.46 GM SECM Fault Codes 877 7.83 MTU ECU7 direct Fault Codes 934
7.47 Guascor LECM E6 Fault Codes 877 7.84 MTU ECU9 Fault Codes 934
7.48 Hatz EDC17 Fault Codes 884 7.85 MTU Engine Interface Module Fault Codes 938
7.49 Smart Logger Fault Codes 884 7.86 MTU MIP4000 Fault Codes 940
7.50 HuegliTech SG50 & SG100 Fault Codes 884 7.87 MTU MIP4000 J1939 Fault Codes 957
7.51 Heinzmann Ariadne Fault Codes 884 7.88 MTU SMART Connect Fault Codes 975
7.52 Gas Engine Technology GMF Fault Codes 885 7.89 MWM SECM Fault Codes 976
7.53 Heinzmann Helenos Fault Codes 885 7.90 MWM CG132 Fault Codes 977
7.54 Heinzmann Kronos Fault Codes 885 7.91 Perkins ADEM A6E11 Fault Codes 978
7.55 Heinzmann Pandaros Fault Codes 886 7.92 Perkins 1300 Fault Codes 978
7.56 Heinzmann Phlox Fault Codes 886 7.93 Perkins ECM Fault Codes 980
7.57 Isuzu ECM Fault Codes 888 7.94 Powerlink Fault Codes 982
7.58 Iveco NEF&Cursor Fault Codes 889 7.95 PSI e-control Fault Codes 982
7.59 Iveco Vector Fault Codes 892 7.96 Scania S6 Singlespeed from ver.1794335
Fault Codes 986
7.60 Iveco MD1 Fault Codes 893
7.97 Scania S6 Allspeed from ver.1794335 Fault
7.61 Iveco MD1 IPU Fault Codes 897
Codes 987
7.62 Iveco EDC17 Fault Codes 900
7.98 ScaniaS8 Allspeed Fault Codes 988
7.63 JCB Delphi DCM Fault Codes 903
7.99 ScaniaS8 Singlespeed Fault Codes 992
7.64 Jenbacher DIA.NE XT4 (J1939) Fault
7.100 Siemens GSC-E Fault Codes 995
Codes 904
7.101 Sinotruk BBM Fault Codes 995
8 Notes 1062
8.1 Software compatibility 1062
1 Table of contents 2
2 Document information 9
3 Scope 11
4 Compatibility Table 12
5 Principle of ECU support 40
IMPORTANT: This type of paragraph highlights a procedure, adjustment etc., which can cause a
damage or improper function of the equipment if not performed correctly and may not be clear at
first sight.
Example: This type of paragraph contains information that is used to illustrate how a specific function
works.
Note: List of controllers contains only standard branches of controllers. Customized branches usually follow the implementation of relevant standard branch. For more
info about customized branches please see http://www.comap.cz/products/ or contact your local distributor.
Legend
No ECU support
Support of aftertreatment based on engine/ECU documentation (Stage V level/ Tier 4 Final level)
Select
Manufact ion in
Links in
urer / ECU ID PC
manual
type Softw
are
2.6. 1.13 1.5. 1.7. 2.2. 1.8. 3.0. 2.2. 1.0. 3.6. 3.14 2.5. 1.9. 2.2. 1.4. 1.0. 3.0. 1.4.
version 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 1.7.0 1.2.1 2.5.1 2.3.0 2.0.0
0 .0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
Agco Power
Agco
EEM4 (page
EEM 4 116 Power
61)
EEM4
Altronic
Altronic
NGI 1000RC
NGI 1000RC 221 NGI
(page 69)
1000RC
Baudouin
LECM E6 Baudouin
LECM E6 225
(page 73) LECM E6
Baudouin
LECM E6 20V
LECM E6 (20V) 318 LECM E6
(page 88)
20V
SECM70 Baudouin
SECM70 288
(page 79) SECM70
2.6. 1.13 1.5. 1.7. 2.2. 1.8. 3.0. 2.2. 1.0. 3.6. 3.14 2.5. 1.9. 2.2. 1.4. 1.0. 3.0. 1.4.
version 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 1.7.0 1.2.1 2.5.1 2.3.0 2.0.0
0 .0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
Caterpillar
CCM with
ADEM or
CCM module N/A I-CB unit
EMCP2 (page
110)
PL1000 with
PL1000 ADEM or
N/A I-CB unit
module EMCP2 (page
111)
ADEM A4
Caterpillar
ADEM + with EMCP3.x
17 ADEM&E
EMCP or EMCP4.x
MCP
(page 99)
ADEM A3,
ADEM A4, Caterpillar
ADEM 10
ADEM A5 J1939
(page 92)
ADEM A6 Caterpillar
ADEM A6 192
(page 105) ADEM A6
ComAp
ComAp
SmartBattery
Smart
Smart Charger 279 Charger
Battery
(page 112)
Charger
2.6. 1.13 1.5. 1.7. 2.2. 1.8. 3.0. 2.2. 1.0. 3.6. 3.14 2.5. 1.9. 2.2. 1.4. 1.0. 3.0. 1.4.
version 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 1.7.0 1.2.1 2.5.1 2.3.0 2.0.0
0 .0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
Continental
Uninox (page
Uninox 276 Continenta
114)
l Uninox
Cummins
CM2150
CM2150 Dongfeng
218 Dongfeng
Dongfeng Cummins
(page 142)
2.6. 1.13 1.5. 1.7. 2.2. 1.8. 3.0. 2.2. 1.0. 3.6. 3.14 2.5. 1.9. 2.2. 1.4. 1.0. 3.0. 1.4.
version 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 1.7.0 1.2.1 2.5.1 2.3.0 2.0.0
0 .0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
CM2250
CM2250 (Industrial Cummins
59
Industrial calibration) CM2250
(page 146)
CM2350
Cummins
CM2350 (industrial
222 CM2350
Industrial calibration)
Industrial
(page 153)
CM2880
Cummins
CM2880 (industrial
154 CM2880
Industrial calibration)
Industrial
(page 160)
Cummins
CM2880 G- CM850 (page
26 PGI
Drive 134)
(CM850)
Cummins
Cummins
GCS 5 GCS (page
GCS
166)
Cummins
Cummins
GCS 315 GCS (page
GCS
169)
PGI Cummins
PGI 1.1 - 1.3 43 calibration PGI
(page 162) (CM850)
2.6. 1.13 1.5. 1.7. 2.2. 1.8. 3.0. 2.2. 1.0. 3.6. 3.14 2.5. 1.9. 2.2. 1.4. 1.0. 3.0. 1.4.
version 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 1.7.0 1.2.1 2.5.1 2.3.0 2.0.0
0 .0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
Daimler Chrysler
Daimler
ADM2 (page
ADM2 24 Chrysler
178)
ADM2
Daimler
ADM3 (page
ADM3 42 Chrysler
180)
ADM3
Deep Sea
Detroid Diesel
DDC
DDEC IV
DDEC IV/V 9 DDEC
(page 190)
IV/V
Deutz
EMR3-E
(page 210), Deutz
EMR3 25
EMR3-S EMR3
(page 212)
2.6. 1.13 1.5. 1.7. 2.2. 1.8. 3.0. 2.2. 1.0. 3.6. 3.14 2.5. 1.9. 2.2. 1.4. 1.0. 3.0. 1.4.
version 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 1.7.0 1.2.1 2.5.1 2.3.0 2.0.0
0 .0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
Doosan
EControls
Eicher
Enmar
3
0 Nira i7 (page
Nira I7 Enmar I7
9 237)
Ford
2.6. 1.13 1.5. 1.7. 2.2. 1.8. 3.0. 2.2. 1.0. 3.6. 3.14 2.5. 1.9. 2.2. 1.4. 1.0. 3.0. 1.4.
version 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 1.7.0 1.2.1 2.5.1 2.3.0 2.0.0
0 .0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
E-control Ford E-
E - control 95
(page 253) control
MEFI 6 (page GM
MEFI 6 71
271) MEFI6
SECM (page GM
SECM 35
274) SECM
E-control GM e-
E - control 44
(page 261) control
GM e-
E-control LCI
E - control LCI 58 control LCI
(page 263)
2.6. 1.13 1.5. 1.7. 2.2. 1.8. 3.0. 2.2. 1.0. 3.6. 3.14 2.5. 1.9. 2.2. 1.4. 1.0. 3.0. 1.4.
version 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 1.7.0 1.2.1 2.5.1 2.3.0 2.0.0
0 .0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
Guascor
LECM E6 Guascor
LECM E6 147
(page 292) LECM E6
Hatz
Heinzmann
Ariadne (page
Ariadne 274 Heinzman
303)
n Ariadne
Helenos Heinzman
Helenos 273
(page 305) Helenos
Pandaros Heinzman
Pandaros 105
(page 308) Pandaros
Hueglitech
GMF (page
GMF / GMA 172 GMA /
301)
GMF
Huegli Tech
2.6. 1.13 1.5. 1.7. 2.2. 1.8. 3.0. 2.2. 1.0. 3.6. 3.14 2.5. 1.9. 2.2. 1.4. 1.0. 3.0. 1.4.
version 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 1.7.0 1.2.1 2.5.1 2.3.0 2.0.0
0 .0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
Huegli-
SG50&SG100 Tech
SG50 or SG100 267
(page 320) SG50&SG
100
Huegli-
LEF200 (page
LEF200 292 Tech
322)
LEF200
AF-1500 HuegliTec
AF-1500P 320
(page 329) h AF-1500
Isuzu
Jichai
Iveco
2.6. 1.13 1.5. 1.7. 2.2. 1.8. 3.0. 2.2. 1.0. 3.6. 3.14 2.5. 1.9. 2.2. 1.4. 1.0. 3.0. 1.4.
version 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 1.7.0 1.2.1 2.5.1 2.3.0 2.0.0
0 .0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
JCB
JCB
Delphi DCM
Delphi DCM 23 Delphi
(page 367)
DCM
Jenbacher
DIA.NE (page Jenbacher
DIA.NE 22
371) Diane
John Deere
John
JDEC (page
JDEC 7 Deere
381)
JDEC
Kohler
2.6. 1.13 1.5. 1.7. 2.2. 1.8. 3.0. 2.2. 1.0. 3.6. 3.14 2.5. 1.9. 2.2. 1.4. 1.0. 3.0. 1.4.
version 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 1.7.0 1.2.1 2.5.1 2.3.0 2.0.0
0 .0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
Kubota
Leroy Somer
Leroy
AVR D500 (page Somer
191
D500/D510C 406) AVR D500
AVR Leroy
D500
D500/D510C Somer
296 proprietary
proprietary AVR D500
(page 407)
protocol control
Liebherr
LIDEC 1 Liebherr
LIDEC1 135
(page 410) LIDEC1
LIDEC 2
LIDEC2 215 LIDEC 2
(page 412)
MAN
EDC7 Master,
EDC7 Slave MAN
EDC/MFR 29
and MFR MFR
interface
2.6. 1.13 1.5. 1.7. 2.2. 1.8. 3.0. 2.2. 1.0. 3.6. 3.14 2.5. 1.9. 2.2. 1.4. 1.0. 3.0. 1.4.
version 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 1.7.0 1.2.1 2.5.1 2.3.0 2.0.0
0 .0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
system (page
420)
EDC17
Master, MAN
EDC17 174
EDC17 Slave EDC17
(page 424)
Mahindra
Marathon
Marathon
DVR2000EC
DVR2000EC 272 DVR2000
(page 430)
EC
MESA
SECM70 MESA SE
SECM70 331
(page 433) CM70
Motortech
Varistep 1 Motortech
Varistep 1 257
(page 439) Varistep1
2.6. 1.13 1.5. 1.7. 2.2. 1.8. 3.0. 2.2. 1.0. 3.6. 3.14 2.5. 1.9. 2.2. 1.4. 1.0. 3.0. 1.4.
version 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 1.7.0 1.2.1 2.5.1 2.3.0 2.0.0
0 .0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
Varistep 2 Motortech
Varistep 2 258
(page 441) Varistep2
MTU
ECU4
MDEC N/A (MDEC) I-CB unit
(page 444)
ECU7 (ADEC)
ADEC ECU7 N/A I-CB unit
(page 445)
ECU7 (ADEC)
MTU
ADEC ECU7 & & SAM
20 ADEC J19
SAM module (page
39
449)
ECU7 (ADEC) MTU
ADEC ECU7 & & SAM ADEC
37
SAM module (page J1939 P-
449) engines
ECU8 (ADEC)
ADEC ECU8 & MTU
& Smart
Smart 60 SMART
connect
Connect Connect
(page 460)
2.6. 1.13 1.5. 1.7. 2.2. 1.8. 3.0. 2.2. 1.0. 3.6. 3.14 2.5. 1.9. 2.2. 1.4. 1.0. 3.0. 1.4.
version 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 1.7.0 1.2.1 2.5.1 2.3.0 2.0.0
0 .0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
DDEC 10 MTU
DDEC 10 117
(page 472) DDEC10
ADEM A4 MWM
ADEM 201
(page 490) ADEM
Perkins
ADEM (1200,
2300, 2500,
ECM or ADEM Perkins
12 2800, 4000
A3/A4/A5 ECM
series) (page
511)
2.6. 1.13 1.5. 1.7. 2.2. 1.8. 3.0. 2.2. 1.0. 3.6. 3.14 2.5. 1.9. 2.2. 1.4. 1.0. 3.0. 1.4.
version 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 1.7.0 1.2.1 2.5.1 2.3.0 2.0.0
0 .0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
(page 504)
ADEM A6E11
Perkins
ADEM A6E2/ (1200, 1700
265 ADEM
A6E11 series) (page
A6E11
507)
Powerlink
Powerlink
Powerlink 198 Powerlink
(page 516)
PSI
E-control PSI e-
E - control 214
(page 518) control
Scania
S6 Scania S6
S6/OCE1 16 Singlespeed Singlespee
(page 529) d
S6 Allspeed Scania S6
S6 11
(page 533) Allspeed
S8 Scania S8
S8 68 Singlespeed Singlespee
(page 536) d
S8 Allspeed Scania S8
S8 69
(page 542) Allspeed
2.6. 1.13 1.5. 1.7. 2.2. 1.8. 3.0. 2.2. 1.0. 3.6. 3.14 2.5. 1.9. 2.2. 1.4. 1.0. 3.0. 1.4.
version 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 1.7.0 1.2.1 2.5.1 2.3.0 2.0.0
0 .0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
SDEC
SDEC
Bosch (page
Bosch EDC17 301 Bosch
554)
EDC17
ECTEK SDEC
F20/F45 304 F20/F45 (page ECTEK
560) F20/F45
SDEC
ECTEK F36
F36 305 ECTEK
(page 562)
F36
Siemens
Sinotruk
Sisu
EEM2 or
EEM2 or
EEM2 19 EEM3 (page
EEM3
610)
2.6. 1.13 1.5. 1.7. 2.2. 1.8. 3.0. 2.2. 1.0. 3.6. 3.14 2.5. 1.9. 2.2. 1.4. 1.0. 3.0. 1.4.
version 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 1.7.0 1.2.1 2.5.1 2.3.0 2.0.0
0 .0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
EEM2 or Sisu
EEM3 18 EEM3 (page EEM3
610) Gen-set
Steyr
Technoton
THQtronic
TPEM
THQtronic
TPEM (page
TPEM 217 LSU49
647)
TPEM
VM
VM
EDC (page
EDC 32/31 Industrial /
667)
VM Maine
Volvo
2.6. 1.13 1.5. 1.7. 2.2. 1.8. 3.0. 2.2. 1.0. 3.6. 3.14 2.5. 1.9. 2.2. 1.4. 1.0. 3.0. 1.4.
version 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 1.7.0 1.2.1 2.5.1 2.3.0 2.0.0
0 .0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
Volvo
EDC3/EMS1/E
Singlespeed
MS2/ Volvo
1 EDC3 / EMS1 /
EMS2.1/EMS2. Industrial
EMS2 (page
2/EMS2.3
672)
Volvo
EDC3/EMS1/E
Singlespeed Volvo
MS2/
2 EDC3 / EMS1 / Marine
EMS/2.1/EMS2.
EMS2 (page Prop
2
672)
Volvo
Volvo
Industrial
Volvo EMS 2.4 264 Industrial
EMS2.4 (page
EMS 2.4
683)
Volvo
EDC7 (with
EDC7
EDC7 114 KWP2000)
Allspeed
(page 682)
KWP2000
Volvo engines Volvo
EMS J1587 163 support EMS
(page 672) J1587
Waukesha
2.6. 1.13 1.5. 1.7. 2.2. 1.8. 3.0. 2.2. 1.0. 3.6. 3.14 2.5. 1.9. 2.2. 1.4. 1.0. 3.0. 1.4.
version 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 1.7.0 1.2.1 2.5.1 2.3.0 2.0.0
0 .0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
Waukesha
Waukesha
ESM 15 ESM (page
ESM
689)
Waukesha
Waukesha
ESM 316 ESM (page
ESM
697)
2 Waukesha
Waukesha
ESM2 0 ESM2 (page
ESM2
3 692)
Waukesha
Waukesha
ESM2 1027 ESM2 (page
ESM2
700)
Weichai
WISE 18B
Wise 18B 220 WISE 18B
(page 722)
2.6. 1.13 1.5. 1.7. 2.2. 1.8. 3.0. 2.2. 1.0. 3.6. 3.14 2.5. 1.9. 2.2. 1.4. 1.0. 3.0. 1.4.
version 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 1.7.0 1.2.1 2.5.1 2.3.0 2.0.0
0 .0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
Weichai
WISE 10B V1
Wise 10B V1 196 Wise 10B
(page 706)
V1
Weichai
WISE 10B V2 Wise 10B
Wise 10B V2 328
(page 728) V2 (page
1)
Woodward
Woodward
ProAct ISC
ProAct ISC 298 ProAct
(page 735)
ISC
YaMZ
Yanmar
2
EDC17 (page Yanmar
EDC17 1
743) EDC17
3
2.6. 1.13 1.5. 1.7. 2.2. 1.8. 3.0. 2.2. 1.0. 3.6. 3.14 2.5. 1.9. 2.2. 1.4. 1.0. 3.0. 1.4.
version 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 1.7.0 1.2.1 2.5.1 2.3.0 2.0.0
0 .0 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
Yuchai
LH (ECU2) Yuchai
ECU2 168
(page 750) YC-LH
PVI 10.0 1038 PVI 10.0 (page 57) ABB PVI 10.0
Chint
Delta
Fronius
Goodwe
PV Inverter ET, BT 1056 Inverters ET, BT (page 276) Goodwe Inverters ET, BT
PV Inverter SDT, DT, MT 1055 Inverters SDT, DT, MT (page 285) Goodwe Inverters SDT, DT, MT
Growatt
PV Inverter v1.20 1057 PV Inverter v1.20 (page 288) Growatt PV Inverter v1.20
PV inverter v.3.10 1036 PV Inverter v3.10 (page 287) Growatt PV Inverter v3.10 (page 1)
Smart Logger 2000 1051 Smart Logger 2000 (page 313) Huawei Smart Logger 2000
Smart Logger 3000 1054 Smart Logger 3000 (page 315) Huawei Smart Logger 3000
Kaco
Schneider
SMA
Sunny Tripower/Boy 1028 Sunny Tripower / Sunny Boy (page 600) SMA Sunny Tripower / Sunny Boy
SolarEdge
Solis
Sungrow
Sungrow Data Logger 1058 Data Logger (page 641) Sungrow Data Logger
Victron
Sunspec
Alfen
CATL
Battery Management Unit 1069 BMS (page 116) CATL Battery Management Unit
Chint
Delta
DynaPower
EPC Power
KORE Power
KStar
Oztek
Sinexcel
SMA
Tesla
Sunspec
N/A 1042 Sunspec BESS 700 (page 585) Sunspec BESS 700
PCC 3.3 330 Cummins PCC (page 172) Cummins PCC 3.3
DeepSea
5.4 Configuration
NT
5.4.1 InteliNano
Open NanoEdit PC software
Open controller configuration
Go to ECU configuration window (Miscellaneous > Engine control unit)
Choose the ECU from the list
Write the configuration to the controller
NT
Note: InteliNano controller does not provide configurable inputs/outputs for engine parameters or commands.
The parameters are fixed and cannot be changed.
NT NT
5.4.3 InteliLite , InteliCompact
NT NT NT NT NT
Note: Controllers InteliLite MRS3, InteliLite MRS10, InteliLite MRS11, InteliLite AMF8, InteliLite
AMF20 don’t support electronic engines (engines equipped with ECU).
Note: InteliLite controller does not provide configurable inputs/outputs for engine parameters or commands.
The parameters are fixed and cannot be changed.
Note: InteliLite 4 controller provide configurable inputs/outputs for engine parameters or commands. These lists
of supported parameters are available in I/O Configuration card of InteliConfig. For list of supported parameters
or commands refer to particulate ECU type in this manual.
Note: It may happen that some commands such as Nominal Speed Switch or Force Regeneration have
"Reserved" selected as source. This source is working, but its not currently visible to users in selected
firmware.
Note: InteliGen200, InteliGen500 controller does not provide configurable inputs/outputs for engine parameters
or commands. The parameters are fixed and cannot be changed.
Note: InteliDrive Lite controller does not provide configurable inputs/outputs for engine parameters or
commands. The parameters are fixed and cannot be changed.
Note: InteliDrive DCU and InteliDrive Mobile controllers provide configurable inputs/outputs for engine
parameters or commands. These lists of supported parameters are available in I/O card of DriveConfig. For list
of supported parameters or commands refer to particulate ECU type in this manual.
Note: It may happen that some commands as Start request, Stop request have a red background. It means that
these ECU commands do not have assigned a source value from the controller e.g. Starter, Stop pulse.
Note: The default configuration of ECU I/O is different for each particular ECU.
Note: It may happen that some commands as Start request, Stop request have a red background. It means that
these ECU commands do not have assigned a source value from the controller e.g. Starter, Stop pulse.
Note: The default configuration of ECU I/O is different for each particular ECU.
Note: InteliGen 1000 , InteliNeo, InteliGen 500 G2, InteliGen4 200 and InteliSys 2000 controllers provide
configurable inputs/outputs for engine parameters or commands. These lists of supported parameters are
available in I/O Configuration card of InteliConfig. For list of supported parameters or commands refer to
particulate ECU type in this manual.
Note: It may happen that some commands such as Nominal Speed Switch or Force Regeneration have
"Reserved" selected as source. This source is working, but its not currently visible to users in selected
firmware.
Note: The default configuration of ECU I/O is different for each particular ECU.
ECU with proprietary communication protocol that is supported by a controller (e.g. Cummins GCS or Leroy
Somer AVR). It is possible to connect such ECU directly (without I-CB unit).
ECU with proprietary communication protocol that is not supported in a controller (e.g. MTU/MDEC CAN
bus). These units are supported with the use of an I-CB unit or IEI (e.g.MIP 4000 J1939 (page 480)).
2. By any of not used ExtValue1deflt - ExtValue4deflt setpoint. The value of an ExtValueXdeflt setpoint can be
used as a source for ECU control. It is recommended to use a source Logical 1 for a particular ExtValueXreset
(in LBI card).
There is a recommended way in DriveConfig software:
3. By math function ADD in PLC where first input is a required analog value (constant) and the second input is
value 0. The output of the function is a constant which can be used as a source for ECU control. In this example
is created constant = 2.
This tool exist also as part as "J1939 Parameters" tab in InteliConfig. For more information about this function
please refer to InteliConfig's Global Guide.
Note: The speed control over the CAN bus (J1939 protocol) has to be supported by the engine ECU. Without it
supporting ComAp controllers cannot adjust the engine speed.
For complete support of aftertreatment functions there are three parts with Tier4 support needed: controller
firmware, display firmware and ECU Library.
Please refer to Compatibility Table (page 12) for more details. Follow the particular New Features List for
most recent information.
Following table shows list of available icons (symbols) related to after-treatment support. There are often more
inputs for control the icons than stated in SPN column, this table serves just as overview.
Indicates Regeneration
/ Cleaning of
3697 Diesel Particulate Filter Lamp Command Aftertreatment
6915 SCR System Cleaning Lamp subsystems is needed,
is ongoing or will be
initiated soon.
Indicates Regeneration
/ Cleaning of
3703 DPF Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
Aftertreatment
6918 SCR System Cleaning Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
subsystems is inhibited
by user intervention.
Aftertreatment Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Low Level Indicates low amount of
5245
Lamp DEF in the tank.
Indicates issues
with SCR system
user should be
aware of. (DEF
Level, DEF Quality,
5246 Aftertreatment SCR Operator Inducement Severity SCR tampering or
other SCR technical
failures).
This lamp might not
work on IGS-NT
platform.
Beside icons there are few other signal that are crucial for aftertreatment support. These are summarized in
following table.
Regeneration active:
State: HEST lamp is on (usually)
Regeneration end:
6.1.1 Trio
Controllers that support the Trio:
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Recommended wiring
Function RS485 connector Controller
RS485 A A RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 COM
RS485 B B RS485 B
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Recommended wiring
Function RS485 connector Controller
RS485 A A RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 COM
RS485 B B RS485 B
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Recommended wiring
Function RS485 connector Controller
RS485 A A RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 COM
RS485 B B RS485 B
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Recommended wiring
Function RS485 connector Controller
RS485 A A RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 COM
RS485 B B RS485 B
6.2.1 EEM4
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
DPFInhSwitch 3703 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
ECU "K" Tyco 62pin connector
Function Controller
connector (837074045)
CAN H 54 45 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN
CAN COM N/A N/A
COM
CAN L 76 44 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 1,3,5 57,58,59 N/A
Battery - (negative) 2,4,6 60,61,62 N/A
Any binary output configured as ECU
Key Switch 88 55
PwrRelay
Analog Speed
N/A N/A SG OUT
Control
Analog Speed
N/A N/A SG COM
Control
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see AGCO Power EEM4 Fault Codes on page 764
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
AGCO Power EEM4 aftertreatment lamps
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Solid On
Solid On
Solid On Blink slow Not Supported
Blink slow
Blink fast
6.3.1 TheBattery
Controllers that support the TheBattery:
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Recommended wiring
Function ECU connector Controller
Communication RJ45 RJ45 (modbus TCP)
6.4.1 CD200
Controllers that support the CD200:
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Syncing Syncing
InSync1 InSync1
InSync2 InSync2
Purging Purging
Trying Trying
Firing Firing
LockOut LockOut
Fired Fired
Cranking Cranking
Running Running
Wrong Disk Wrong Disk
GLeadSDGround GLead SD Grounded
RemotePresent Remote Present
GLeadSDLogged GLead SD Logged
RemoteSDLogged Remote SD Logged
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function 14 pin connector Controller
RS485 A C RS485 – RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 - RS485 COM
RS485 B H RS485 – RS485 B
Battery + (positive) K N/A
Battery - (negative) and engine block Device Chasis N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
Note: Check that RS485 bus terminating resistors or appropriate jumpers are connected.
Communication settings
Function Settings
Baud rate 9600
Start bit 1
Data bits 8
Parity None
Available list of texts of fault codes see Altronic CD200 Fault Codes on page 767
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Syncing Syncing
InSync1 In Sync1
InSync2 In Sync2
Purging Purging
Trying Trying
Firing Firing
LockOut Lock Out
Fired Fired
Cranking Cranking
Running Running
Wrong Disk Wrong Disk
GLeadSDGround GLead SD Grounded
RemotePresent Remote Present
GLeadSDLogged GLead SD Logged
RemoteSDLogged Remote SD Logged
Overspeed Sd OverSpeed SD Logged
WDOG1 Reset WDOG1 Reset
WDOG2 Reset WDOG2 Reset
CheckSumError CheckSumError
LowSuppVolt Low Supply Voltage
NoCharge No Charge
OpenPrimary Open Primary
ShortPrimary Short Primary
OpenSecond Open Secondary
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function 14 pin connector Controller
RS485 A C RS485 – RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 – RS485 COM
RS485 B H RS485 – RS485 B
Battery + (positive) K N/A
Battery - (negative) N N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
Note: Check that RS485 bus terminating resistors or appropriate jumpers are connected.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Altronic NGI-1000RC aftertreatment lamps
6.5.1 LECM E6
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Oil Pump Ind. 8001 Propulsion Motor Oil Pump Service Indicator
Oil Pump Stat 8002 Propulsion Motor Oil Pump Operating Status
Fan1Enable 8003 Power Electronics Coolant Fan 1 Enable Command
Fan1PwrHold 8004 Power Electronics Coolant Fan 1 Power Hold
Fan1EnableStat 8007 Power Electronics Coolant Fan 1 Enable Status
Coolant Fan 1 8014 Power Electronics Coolant Fan 1 Operating Status
Coolant Fan 2 8016 Power Electronics Coolant Fan 2 Power Hold
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Recommended wiring
ECU DB9 Service 3 Pin
Function Controller
connector Pin Connector
CAN H J2-7 7 A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Baudouine LECM E6 aftertreatment lamps
Not Not
Solid On Solid On
Supported Supported
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU 70-pin connector Controller
CAN H 37 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 54 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 68 N/A
Battery - (negative) 69, 70 N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A Range 0VDC to 5VDC,
100kOhm pull-down resistance
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Baudoiun SECM70 Fault Codes on page 775
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Baudoiun SECM70 aftertreatment lamps
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
OCTempStat Over coolant temperature status
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
AP KickDownSw 559 Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch
TimerState 590 Engine Idle Shutdown Timer State
TimerFunction 591 Engine Idle Shutdown Timer Function
TimerOverride 592 Engine Idle Shutdown Timer Override
ShutdownEngine 593 Engine Idle Shutdown has Shutdown Engine
DriverAlert 594 Engine Idle Shutdown Driver Alert Mode
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
16-Pin
Function Master ECU connectors Controller
connector
CAN H 4.22 6 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN
CAN COM 4.14 N/A
COM
CAN L 4.23 14 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 4.01,4.04,4.05,4.07,4.08 16 N/A
Battery - (negative) 4.06,4.09,4.10,4.11,4.12,4.13,4.16 4 N/A
Any binary output configured as ECU
Key Switch 4.36
PwrRelay
Analog Speed
3.09 SG OUT
Control
Analog Speed
3.01 SG COM
Control
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Baudouin Wise10B aftertreatment lamps
Not
Solid On Solid On Solid On
Supported
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU Powerkit plug Controller
CAN H X1-42 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM X1-44 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L X1-43 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) X1-01,03,05 N/A
Battery - (negative) X1-02,04,06 N/A
Key Switch X1-59 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Baudouin WISE15 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
ECU DB9 Service 3 Pin
Function Controller
connector Pin Connector
CAN H J2-7 7 A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Baudouine LECM E6 aftertreatment lamps
Not Not
Solid On Solid On
Supported Supported
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
FuelShtoff1 632 Engine Fuel Shutoff 1 Control
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Note: In case of Marine application the settings of the ECU has to be set to “Starboard”. It changes the ECU
address to 0 which is expected by the ComAp controller. Settings “Port” uses an address 1 and is not allowed.
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Caterpillar J1939 Fault Codes on page 780.
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Caterpillar J1939 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast Blink fast
Solid On
Solid On Not Supported Solid On
Blink slow
Note: The configuration and connection is the same on the gen-set equipped with ADEM A4 (ECU) and EMCP
3.x or EMCP 4.x (generator set controller). The ADEM 4.x is the successor of the ADEM 3.x.
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
StopLamp 623 EMCP Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
WarningLamp 624 EMCP Amber Warning Lamp
FuelShtoff1 632 Engine Fuel Shutoff 1 Control
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 EMCP Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 EMCP Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FuelLeakage1 1239 Engine Fuel Leakage 1
FuelLeakage2 1240 Engine Fuel Leakage 2
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
OilPrimPmp 3550 Engine Oil Priming Pump Switch
OilPrim 3551 Engine Oil Priming State
ESDRequest 3607 Engine Emergency (Immediate) Shutdown Indication
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
DPFInhSwitch 3703 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
IMPORTANT: Speed control can be done by using PWM from the controller (SG interface) to the
ADEM. PWM rate for the controller has to be set to 500Hz. See the SpdGovPWM rate setpoint in the
Sync/Load ctrl group of setpoints. This feature has to be enabled in the ECU. Please contact your
local distributor to check it.
Start/Stop command can be configured as Remote Start/Stop EMCP input. Use ECU PwrRelay
controller output for this purpose.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU 70pin AMP connector Controller
CAN H 50 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM 42 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 34 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 48,52,53,55 N/A
Battery - (negative) 61,63,65,69 N/A
Key Switch 70 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control 66 (38-S-SPD1) SG OUT
1
Analog Speed Control 68 (39-D-SPD ) SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Caterpillar ADEM & EMCP Fault Codes on page 788.
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Caterpillar ADEM & EMCP aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast Blink fast
Solid On
Solid On Not Supported Solid On
Blink slow
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
ShutdownEngine 593 Engine Idle Shutdown has Shutdown Engine
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
StartEnbl1 626 Engine Start Enable Device 1
PTOEnable 980 Engine PTO Governor Enable Switch
PTOAccelerate 981 Engine PTO Governor Accelerate Switch
PTOResume 982 Engine PTO Governor Resume Switch
PTODecelerate 983 Engine PTO Governor Coast/Decelerate Switch
PTOSet 984 Engine PTO Governor Set Switch
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
OverspeedTest 2812 Engine Overspeed Test
ShutoffCommand 2813 Engine Air Shutoff Command Status
AltLowIdle 2891 Engine Alternate Low Idle Select State
AP2LowIdleSw 2970 Accelerator Pedal 2 Low Idle Switch
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
AT1IntGSPwr 3218 Aftertreatment 1 Intake Gas Sensor 1 Power In Range
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Caterpillar ADEM A6 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast Blink fast
Solid On Solid On
Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Not Supported
Blink slow
Blink fast Blink fast
Configuration
Note: For connection to CAT CCM module it is necessary to use an I-CB module. Configuration of the
controller and I-CB has to be done separately using GenConfig or DriveConfig and ICBEdit software. For further
information see I-CB manual.
Available parameters
For more information about available values and signals, please refer to I-CB manual or ICBEdit PC software.
IMPORTANT: Check that CAN bus terminating resistors or appropriate jumpers are connected.
Configuration
Note: For connection to CAT PL1000 module it is necessary to use an I-CB module. Configuration of the
controller and I-CB has to be done separately using GenConfig or DriveConfig and ICBEdit software. For further
information see I-CB manual.
Available parameters
For more information about available values and signals, please refer to I-CB manual or ICBEdit PC software.
6.7.1 SmartBatteryCharger
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WrongPolarity Reversed polarity
NoBattery Battery not connected
CellShorted Internal cell shorted
V-BatteryAlarm 520368 Battery voltage alarm
T-BoardAlarm 520371 On board temperature alarm
Load 520374 Load alarm
Recommended wiring
6.8.1 Uninox
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
AT1IntGSPwr 3218 Aftertreatment 1 Intake Gas Sensor 1 Power In Range
AT1IntGSTmp 3219 Aftertreatment 1 Intake Gas Sensor 1 at Temperature
SCR IntakeNOx 3220 Aftertreatment 1 SCR Intake NOx 1 Reading Stable
AT1IntWROxygn1 3221 Aftertreatment 1 Intake Wide-Range Percent Oxygen 1 Reading Stable
AT1IntGSHeater 3223 Aftertreatment 1 Intake Gas Sensor 1 Heater Control
AT1OutGS1Pwr 3228 Aftertreatment 1 Outlet Gas Sensor 1 Power In Range
AT1OutGS1Tmp 3229 Aftertreatment 1 Outlet Gas Sensor 1 at Temperature
6.9.1 BMS
Controllers that support the BMS:
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
On Off Statuses OnOffStatuses 500
Oper Mode OperMode 500
VSG Mode On VSGModeOn 500
Recommended wiring
Function ECU connector Controller
Communication RJ45 RJ45 (modbus TCP)
6.10.1 CM500
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU A2 connector Controller
CAN H 32 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 33 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 3,4,5 N/A
Battery - (negative) 7,8 N/A
Key Switch 10 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Cummins CM500 Fault Codes on page 792
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Cummins CM500 aftertreatment lamps
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
6.10.2 CM558
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
FuelShtoff1 632 Engine Fuel Shutoff 1 Control
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
No documentation available so far!
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Cummins CM558 Fault Codes on page 794
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Solid On Solid On
Not Not
Blink slow Blink slow
Supported Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
6.10.3 CM570
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
RemPTOVarSpd 978 Engine Remote PTO Governor Variable Speed Control Switch
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
Proprietary parameters
Parameter name Function
Proprietary parameter
0 - 50Hz
1 - 60Hz
Frequency Selection
2-5 - Reserved
6 - Error
7 - Do not care
Recommended wiring
Function ECU C-01 50pin connector Controller
CAN H 46 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 37 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 7,8,17,18,28 N/A
Battery - (negative) 29,30,39,40,50 N/A
Key Switch 38 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Cummins CM570 Fault Codes on page 794
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Cummins CM570 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
6.10.4 CM700
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red stop Lamp - Master
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp 0
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp 1
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp - Master
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp 0
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp 1
FuelShtoff1 632 Engine Fuel Shutoff 1 Control
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp - Master
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp - Master
FuelShtoff2 2807 Engine Fuel Shutoff 2 Control
OilPrimPmp 3550 Engine Oil Priming Pump Switch
OilPrim 3551 Engine Oil Priming State
OilPreHeated 3552 Engine Oil Pre-Heated State
CoolPreHeated 3553 Engine Coolant Pre-heated State
FuelShtoffLeak 3601 Engine Fuel Shutoff Valve Leak Test Control
SDRequest 3606 Engine Controlled Shutdown Request
ESDRequest 3607 Engine Emergency (Immediate) Shutdown Indication
FuelShtoffVent 3608 Engine Fuel Shutoff Vent Control
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
ECU 40pin top
Function 9pin Service connector Controller
connector DC-1
CAN H 21 C CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM 23 E CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 22 D CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 2,5,6,17 B N/A
Battery - (negative) 3,4,40,45 A N/A
Key Switch 16 N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Cummins CM700 Fault Codes on page 795
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Not Not
Solid On Solid On
Supported Supported
6.10.5 CM800
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
RemPTOVarSpd 978 Engine Remote PTO Governor Variable Speed Control Switch
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Recommended wiring
ECU 40pin top
Function 3pin diagnostic connector Controller
connector
CAN H 53 2 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM 51 3 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 52 1 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 1,7,12,13 N/A N/A
Battery - (negative) 3,9,14,15 N/A N/A
Key Switch N/A N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Cummins CM800 Fault Codes on page 796
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Cummins CM800 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not Not
Blink slow Blink slow
Supported Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
RemPTOVarSpd 978 Engine Remote PTO Governor Variable Speed Control Switch
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
Proprietary parameters
Parameter name Function
Proprietary parameter.
Speed bias provides the means to adjust the engine speed set point while the engine is running.
It is used for synchronization with the power grid. Once synchronized and paralleled with other
Speed Bias Reference
power sources the speed bias is used to make the gen-set and engine pick up or shed load. In
the case of using speed bias to pick up and shed load the commanded engine speed does
change, but the actual engine speed does not change.
Proprietary parameter.
This feature gives the operator ability to switch the rated speed between 50Hz and 60Hz. This
feature will only be enabled and functional on engines that have been rated for dual speed
operations. The engine has two speed set points that define the base operating speed of the
engine. The system will only react to a state transition while the Engine speed is 0. If datalink is
lost during operation the alternate frequency will not be effected until engine reaches 0 RPM.
Frequency Selection
The recommended source value is a constant following the requested function.
0 = 50Hz
1 = 60Hz
2-5 = Reserved
6 = Error
7 = Do not care
Recommended wiring
Function ECU J2 50pin connector Controller
CAN H 46 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM 37 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 47 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) N/A N/A
Battery - (negative) N/A N/A
Key Switch 39 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Cummins CM850 Fault Codes on page 797
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Solid On Solid On
Not Not
Blink slow Blink slow
Supported Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
6.10.7 CM2150
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
DPFInhibited 3702 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Status
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
DPFInhSwitch 3703 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
2,7
SCR InhSwitch 6918 SCR System Cleaning Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
9pin diagnostic OEM 4pin OEM
Function Controller
connector connector connector
CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) –
CAN H C 01 N/A
CAN H
CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) –
CAN COM E N/A N/A
CAN COM
CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) –
CAN L D 21 N/A
CAN L
Battery +
B 43,47,53 01,02 N/A
(positive)
Battery -
A N/A 03,04 N/A
(negative)
Any binary output configured as ECU
Key Switch N/A 45 N/A
PwrRelay
Analog Speed
N/A N/A N/A SG OUT
Control
Analog Speed
N/A N/A N/A SG COM
Control
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Cummins CM2150 Fault Codes on page 798
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Solid On Solid On
Not Not
Blink slow Blink slow
Supported Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
AP KickDownSw 559 Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch
TranDriveline 560 Transmission Driveline Engaged
TranTrqCnvEng 573 Transmission Torque Converter Lockup Engaged
TranShifting 574 Transmission Shift In Process
TimerState 590 Engine Idle Shutdown Timer State
TimerFunction 591 Engine Idle Shutdown Timer Function
TimerOverride 592 Engine Idle Shutdown Timer Override
ShutdownEngine 593 Engine Idle Shutdown has Shutdown Engine
DriverAlert 594 Engine Idle Shutdown Driver Alert Mode
MomentaryOverr 606 Engine Momentary Overspeed Enable
ProgSftDisable 607 Progressive Shift Disable
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Dongfeng Cummins aftertreatment lamps
Not
Solid On Solid On Solid On
Supported
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
DPFInhibited 3702 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Status
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
DPFInhSwitch 3703 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Engine Not
DPFInhWarmed 3716
Warmed Up
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function 9pin diagnostic connector Controller
CAN H C CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM E CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L D CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) B N/A
Battery - (negative) A N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Cummins CM2250 Fault Codes on page 801
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Solid On Solid On
Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast Blink fast
Solid On
Solid On Not Supported Solid On
Blink slow
6.10.10 CM2350
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
Proprietary parameters
Parameter name Function
Proprietary parameter.
This feature gives the operator ability to switch the rated speed between 50Hz and 60Hz. This
feature will only be enabled and functional on engines that have been rated for dual speed
operations. The engine has two speed set points that define the base operating speed of the
engine. The system will only react to a state transition while the Engine speed is 0. If datalink is
lost during operation the alternate frequency will not be effected until engine reaches 0 RPM.
Frequency Selection
The recommended source value is a constant following the requested function.
0 = 50Hz
1 = 60Hz
2-5 = Reserved
6 = Error
7 = Do not care
Proprietary parameter.
Speed bias provides the means to adjust the engine speed set point while the engine is running.
It is used for synchronization with the power grid. Once synchronized and paralleled with other
Speed Bias Reference
power sources the speed bias is used to make the gen-set and engine pick up or shed load. In
the case of using speed bias to pick up and shed load the commanded engine speed does
change, but the actual engine speed does not change.
Note: In case of Multiplexing error SPN 639, most probable fault usually is wrong configuration of the ECU.
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Cummins CM2350 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast Blink fast
Solid On
Solid On
Solid On Blink slow Not Supported
Blink slow
Blink fast
Note: In case of Multiplexing error SPN 639, most probable fault usually is wrong configuration of the ECU.
Recommended wiring
96pin OEM
Function 9pin diagnostic connector Controller
connector
CAN H C 22 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM E N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L D 46 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) B 01,25,26,27,28 N/A
Battery - (negative) A 49,50,51,52 N/A
Key Switch N/A 05 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Cummins CM2350 Fault Codes on page 802
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Solid On Solid On
Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast Blink fast
Solid On
Solid On
Solid On Blink slow Not Supported
Blink slow
Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
AT1IntDewPoint 3237 Aftertreatment 1 Intake Dew Point
AT1ExhDewPoint 3238 Aftertreatment 1 Exhaust Dew Point
2,7
SCR InhSwitch 6918 SCR System Cleaning Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Note: In case of Multiplexing error SPN 639, most probable fault usually is wrong configuration of the ECU
Recommended wiring
96pin OEM
Function 9pin diagnostic connector Controller
connector
CAN H C 22 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM E N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L D 46 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) B 01,25,26,27,28 N/A
Battery - (negative) A 49,50,51,52 N/A
Key Switch N/A 05 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG COM
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Cummins CM2880 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
Proprietary parameters
Note: If you have the engine as a part of gen-set package (with PCC panel) the ECU might be delivered with
different communication interface (not PGI) which means that speed control doesn't work with ComAp
controller. It is necessary to use/order ECU with calibration for G-drive engines (with PGI).Recommended
wiring
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Fuel Shut-Off Valve Driver
- Is reporting a fuel Shut-Off Valve output.
State
Red Shutdown Lamp - It warrants stopping the engine.
The command used for engine running. On the occasion of loss of datalink, the
engine will not shut down as it is looking for the initial 'run' command and will
Run/Stop Switch State -
only shutdown if it was sent 'stop' or if it experienced a shutdown fault. The
recommended source value for this command is Fuel solenoid.
Is reporting a problem with the engine system but the engine need not be
Yellow Warning Lamp -
immediately stopped.
Recommended wiring
Note: In case that the GCS doesn't communicate try to activate input Diagnostic mode (pin 07 on connector
D6).
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration
SPN Description
Name
Fuel Shut-Off Valve
- Is reporting a fuel Shut-Off Valve output.
Driver State
Red Shutdown
- It warrants stopping the engine.
Lamp
The command used for engine running. On the occasion of
loss of datalink, the engine will not shut down as it is looking
Run/Stop Switch for the initial 'run' command and will only shutdown if it was
-
State sent 'stop' or if it experienced a shutdown fault. The
recommended source value for this command is Fuel
solenoid.
Yellow Warning Is reporting a problem with the engine system but the
-
Lamp engine need not be immediately stopped.
Note: In case that the GCS doesn't communicate try to activate input Diagnostic mode (pin 07 on connector
D6).
NT
RS232(2) mode ECU LINK
InteliSys
RS485(X)conv. ENABLED RS 485(2)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Common
Common Shutdown 2500
Shutdown
Common Warning Common Warning 2500
Generator CB
Generator CB Status 2000
Satus
Not in AUTO Not in AUTO 2500
6.11.1 BESS
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
On Off Statuses OnOffStatuses 500
Oper Mode OperMode 500
VSG Mode On VSGModeOn 500
Recommended wiring
Function RJ45 connector Controller
Ethernet A RJ45 (Modbus TCP)
6.11.2 PV
Controllers that support the PV:
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Recommended wiring
Function RJ45 connector Controller
Ethernet A RJ45 (Modbus TCP)
6.12.1 ADM2
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
Proprietary parameters
Parameter name Function
Proprietary parameter.
Inhibit fuel injection The command used for engine fuel injection inhibits. The recommended source value for this
command is Logical 0.
Proprietary parameter.
Inhibit engine start The command used for engine start. The recommended source value for this command is Fuel
solenoid.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Recommended wiring
Function ECU 21pin connector Controller
CAN H 19 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM 20 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 21 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 1 N/A
Battery - (negative) 3 N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Daimler Chrysler ADM2 Fault Codes on page 833
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Daimler Chrysler ADM2 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not Not
Blink slow Blink slow
Supported Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
6.12.2 ADM3
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
Proprietary parameters
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU 21pin connector Controller
CAN H 19 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM 20 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 21 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 1 N/A
Battery - (negative) 3 N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Daimler Chrysler ADM3 Fault Codes on page 835
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Solid On Solid On
Not Not
Blink slow Blink slow
Supported Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
6.12.3 CPC4
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
ACtrlDmntStat ACC_CtrlDmnt_Stat
ACCEnblRq ACC_Enbl_Rq
CCOvrdD CC_OvrdD_Stat
CCBrkAccAlw CC_BrkAccAllow_Stat
CCBrkAccSp CC_BrkAccSp_Stat
AccKickDnSw3Rq AccelPdlKickDnSw3_Rq
DrvDirec2CPC DrvDirec2_Stat_CPC
ConfDrvDir_CPC ConfDrvDirec_Stat_CPC
OverSpeedLamp EngOverSpeedLampReq
CCLimLampReq CCLimLampReq
TwoSpeedAxle 69 Two Speed Axle Switch
ParkingBrake 70 Parking Brake Switch
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
Proprietary parameters
Parameter name Function
Proprietary parameter.
Inhibit fuel injection The command used for engine fuel injection inhibits. The recommended source value for this
command is Logical 0.
Proprietary parameter.
Inhibit engine start The command used for engine start. The recommended source value for this command is Fuel
solenoid.
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Daimler CPC4 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast Blink fast
Solid On
Solid On
Solid On Blink slow Not Supported
Blink slow
Blink fast
6.13.1 DDEC IV
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
DDC DDEC IV/V aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
6.13.2 DDEC V
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
6pin
Function communication Controller
connector
CAN H F CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM D CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L E CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) N/A N/A
Battery - (negative) N/A N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see DDC DDEC IV/V Fault Codes on page 836
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
BattSwHold 1681 Battery Main Switch Hold State
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
DPFInhibited 3702 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Status
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
DPFInhSwitch 3703 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Clutch
DPFInhClutch 3704
Disengaged
DPFInhPTO 3706 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to PTO Active
Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Accelerator
DPFInhIdle 3707
Pedal Off Idle
Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Vehicle Speed
DPFInhSpeed 3709
Above Allowed Speed
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Recommended wiring
Unit connectors
Function Controller
ST2(B) or ST3(C)
CAN H ST2-18 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM ST2-17 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L ST2-16 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) ST2-01 N/A
Battery - (negative) ST2-02 N/A
Key Switch ST2-03 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control ST2-04 SG OUT
Analog Speed Control ST3-02 SG COM
Note: To enable the function of Remote throttle sensor on pin ST3-02, the parameter 13/63 has to be set to 1.
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see MTU DDEC 10 Fault Codes on page 931
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
MTU DDEC 10 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast Blink fast
Solid On
Solid On
Solid On Blink slow Not Supported
Blink slow
Blink fast
6.14.1 DSEA109
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
VRFreqUnComp 3377 Voltage Regulator Underfrequency Compensation enabled
VRSoftStart 3378 Voltage Regulator Soft Start State
VREnabled 3379 Voltage Regulator Enabled
Recommended wiring
Function AVR connector Controller
CAN H CAN terminal - H CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L CAN terminal - L CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) N/A N/A
Battery - (negative) N/A N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Solid On Solid On
Not Not
Blink slow Blink slow
Supported Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
6.14.2 8610MKII
Controllers that support the 8610MKII
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Amber Warning Amber Warning 2500
Red Stop
Red Stop Warning 2500
Warning
Recommended wiring
RS485
Function RS485 connector Controller
RS485 A A RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 COM
RS485 B B RS485 B
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
6.15.2 PCS100HV
Controllers that support the PCS100HV:
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Recommended wiring
Function RS485 Controller
RS485 A Data+ RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 COM
RS485 B Data- RS485 B
+ (positive) VCC N/A
- (negative) GND N/A
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
IMPORTANT: Deutz does not recommend switching off the engine by removing the power supply
(battery). It causes fault code SPN=536.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Recommended wiring
Function ECU 25pin F connector Controller
CAN H 12 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 13 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 14 N/A
Battery - (negative) 1 N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Deutz EMR2 Fault Codes on page 837
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Deutz EMR2 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
Proprietary parameters
Parameter name Function
Proprietary parameter.
0 = no modification of torque map
Torque Map
1 = switch to torque map 1
2 = switch to torque map 2
Proprietary parameter.
0 = no modification of droop
Engine speed droop
1 = selects droop 1
2 = selects droop 2
Proprietary parameter.
0 = no modification of high idle droop
High Idle Droop
1 = selects high idle droop 1
2 = selects high idle droop 2
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Note: EMR3-E has internal relay providing power supply to EMR3. As soon as the ignition key is turned off
(Klemme 15) the main relay switches off the EMR3 within cca. 10 seconds. The main relay separates the
EMR3 from the battery + (Klemme 30).
Recommended wiring
Function ECU D2 connector Controller
CAN H 35 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 34 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 2,3,8,9 (loop 30) N/A
Battery - (negative) 5,6,10,11 (loop31) N/A
Key Switch 40 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
SG OUT
Analog Speed Control 79 Range 0VDC to 5VDC,
100kOhm pull-down resistance
Analog Speed Control 78 SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Deutz EMR3 Fault Codes on page 837
6.16.4 EMR3-S
Controllers that support the EMR3-S
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
Proprietary parameters
Parameter name Function
Proprietary parameter.
0 = no modification of torque map
Torque Map
1 = switch to torque map 1
2 = switch to torque map 2
Proprietary parameter.
0 = no modification of droop
Engine speed droop
1 = selects droop 1
2 = selects droop 2
Proprietary parameter.
High Idle Droop
0 = no modification of high idle droop
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
IMPORTANT: It is not allowed by Deutz to control speed over CAN bus on gen-set engines! Use
pedal position input on ECU instead. The SG OUT signal MUST NOT exceed the limits otherwise
EMR3 blocks speed control via this input. Therefore it is recommended to keep the controller
powered on always while the EMR3 is powered on. Or it is necessary to switch off this protection in
EMR3.
Note: EMR3-S has internal relay providing power supply to EMR3. As soon as the ignition key is turned off the
main relay switches off the EMR3 within cca. 10 seconds. The main relay separates the EMR3 from the battery
+.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU D2 connector Controller
CAN H 62 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 61 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 1,3,5 N/A
Battery - (negative) 2,4,6 N/A
Key Switch 28 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
SG OUT
Analog Speed Control 9 Range 0VDC to 5VDC,
100kOhm pull-down resistance
Analog Speed Control 30 SG COM
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Deutz EMR3 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
6.16.5 EMR4
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Preheat Preheat Active
ReadyToStart Ready For Start / Preheat Is Done
ColdStart Preheat / ColdStart Lamp
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Proprietary parameters
Parameter name Function
Proprietary parameter.
Reduces the max. engine torque. The base for the percentage value is the max. torque curve
1. If there is more than one source for power reduction active, i.e. internal power protection by
Power reduction
temperature and this message, the lowest value (= the highest reduction) will be used. If there
is a timeout of a message the last valid data will be used furthermore for the calculation. 0%
causes the EMR4 to switch off the engine. 100% means no power reduction.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
No documentation available so far!
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Deutz EMR4 Fault Codes on page 840
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Deutz EMR4 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On
Solid On Not Supported Blink slow Solid On
Blink fast
6.16.6 EMR5
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Preheat Preheat Active
ReadyToStart Ready For Start / Preheat Is Done
ColdStart Preheat / ColdStart Lamp
WaterInFuel Water in Fuel Indication
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
AP KickDownSw 559 Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
RoadSpdLimit 1437 Road Speed Limit Status
AT1IntDewPoint 3237 Aftertreatment 1 Intake Dew Point
AT1ExhDewPoint 3238 Aftertreatment 1 Exhaust Dew Point
AT2IntDewPoint 3239 Aftertreatment 2 Intake Dew Point
AT2ExhDewPoint 3240 Aftertreatment 2 Exhaust Dew Point
DPFPassive 3699 Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Passive Regeneration Status
DPFInhibited 3702 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Status
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
DPFInhSwitch 3703 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Conditions Not Met for Active
DPFNoMetRegen 3750
Regeneration
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU K connector 12 pin service connector Controller
CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) –
CAN H 54 M
CAN H
CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) –
CAN COM N/A N/A
CAN COM
CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) –
CAN L 76 F
CAN L
Battery + (positive) 1,3,5 A N/A
Battery - (negative) 2,4,6 B N/A
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Deutz EMR5 Fault Codes on page 843
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Deutz EMR5 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On
Solid On Solid On Solid On Blink slow
Blink fast
Solid On
Solid On Not Supported Blink slow Solid On
Blink fast
6.17.1 EDC17
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
OverspState State of Overspeed
EngMaxSpeedS State of reduced maximum engine speed after engein start
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashProtect 3041 Fast Flash Protect Lamp
AT1IntDewPoint 3237 Aftertreatment 1 Intake Dew Point
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU connector K Controller
CAN H 30 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 31 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 1,3,5 N/A
Battery - (negative) 2,4,6 N/A
Key Switch 75 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control 25 SG OUT
Analog Speed Control 24 SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Doosan G2 EDC17 Fault Codes on page 845
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Doosan G2 EDC17 aftertreatment lamps
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
6.17.2 MD1
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
OverspState State of Overspeed
EngMaxSpeedS State of reduced maximum engine speed after engein start
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashProtect 3041 Fast Flash Protect Lamp
AT1IntDewPoint 3237 Aftertreatment 1 Intake Dew Point
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
31 Pin round
Function Controller
connector
CAN H 25 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 26 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 7,8,9,10,11 N/A
Battery - (negative) 1,2,3,4,5 N/A
Key Switch 12,19 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Doosan G2 EDC17 Fault Codes on page 845
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Doosan MD1 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
6.18.1 BESS
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
AC Disconnect AC Disconnect 1000
AC Disconnect
AC Disconnect Switch Fault 1000
Switch Fault
Recommended wiring
RS485
Function RS485 connector Controller
RS485 A A RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 COM
RS485 B B RS485 B
Ethernet
Function RJ45 connector Controller
Ethernet RS485out Ethernet
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
AuxiliaryIO 04 704 Auxiliary I/O #04
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
OilPrimingPmp 3589 Engine Oil Priming Pump Control
PreHeater 3604 Engine Pre-Heater Control
FuelPump 4082 Fuel Pump Primer Control
ProtectLamp 5077 Engine Protect Lamp Command
WarningLamp 5078 Engine Amber Warning Lamp Command
StopLamp 5079 Engine Red Stop Lamp Command
MalfunctCmd 5080 OBD Malfunction Indicator Lamp Command
StarterMotor 6385 Engine Starter Motor Relay Control
Recommended wiring
Note: Following info in the table is not confirmed.
91-
Function Controller
pinConnector 2
CAN H 76 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 77 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 1,3,5 N/A
Battery - (negative) 2,4,6 N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
6.20.1 DCM
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
AuxiliaryIO 04 704 Auxiliary I/O #04
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
OilPrimingPmp 3589 Engine Oil Priming Pump Control
PreHeater 3604 Engine Pre-Heater Control
FuelPump 4082 Fuel Pump Primer Control
ProtectLamp 5077 Engine Protect Lamp Command
WarningLamp 5078 Engine Amber Warning Lamp Command
StopLamp 5079 Engine Red Stop Lamp Command
MalfunctCmd 5080 OBD Malfunction Indicator Lamp Command
StarterMotor 6385 Engine Starter Motor Relay Control
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Econtrols EICS aftertreatment lamps
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
AT1IntGSPwr 3218 Aftertreatment 1 Intake Gas Sensor 1 Power In Range
AT1IntGSTmp 3219 Aftertreatment 1 Intake Gas Sensor 1 at Temperature
SCR IntakeNOx 3220 Aftertreatment 1 SCR Intake NOx 1 Reading Stable
AT1IntWROxygn1 3221 Aftertreatment 1 Intake Wide-Range Percent Oxygen 1 Reading Stable
AT1IntGSHeater 3223 Aftertreatment 1 Intake Gas Sensor 1 Heater Control
AT1OutGS1Pwr 3228 Aftertreatment 1 Outlet Gas Sensor 1 Power In Range
AT1OutGS1Tmp 3229 Aftertreatment 1 Outlet Gas Sensor 1 at Temperature
AT1OutNOxRead 3230 Aftertreatment 1 Outlet NOx 1 Reading Stable
AT1OutWROxygen 3231 Aftertreatment 1 Outlet Wide-Range Percent Oxygen 1 Reading Stable
AT1OutGS1Heat 3233 Aftertreatment 1 Outlet Gas Sensor 1 Heater Control
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
ECU J1
Function ECU J2 connector Controller
connector
CAN H N/A 4 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L N/A 5 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 9,10,19,20 N/A N/A
Battery - (negative) 2,11,12 N/A N/A
Key Switch 41 N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG COM
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Econtrols EICS aftertreatment lamps
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Control
Control Mode 1000
Mode
Recommended wiring
RS485
Function RS485 connector Controller
RS485 A A RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 COM
Ethernet
Function RJ45 connector Controller
Ethernet RS485out Ethernet
6.23.1 Simo/Primo/Tauro
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Recommended wiring
Function Controller
Ethernet Ethernet
6.24.1 E-control
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Ford e-control aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
6.25.1 Mark1
Controllers that support the Mark1
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Ethernet
Function RJ45 connector Controller
Ethernet RJ45 connector Ethernet
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
FuelShtoff1 632 Engine Fuel Shutoff 1 Control
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
Recommended wiring
Backside
Function Controller
connectors
CAN H CAN terminal - H CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L CAN terminal - L CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) + VDC N/A
Battery - (negative) - VDC N/A
6.27.1 E-control
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU B connector Controller
CAN H 14 (N) CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM (S) CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 15 (P) CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) N/A N/A
Battery - (negative) N/A N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see GM e-control Fault Codes on page 861.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU B connector Controller
CAN H A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L B CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) N/A N/A
Battery - (negative) N/A N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see GM e-control LCI Fault Codes on page 864
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
GMProtectLamp GM Protect Lamp
GMWarningLamp GM Amber Warning Lamp
GMStopLamp GM Red Stop Lamp
GMMalfunctLamp GM Malfunction Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU J1 and J2connector Controller
CAN H 24 (J2) CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 9 (J2) CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 1 (J2) N/A
Battery - (negative) 13,28,29 (J1) N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A Range 0VDC to 5VDC,
100kOhm pull-down resistance
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
GM MEFI4/MEFI5B aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not Not
Blink slow Blink slow
Supported Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
GMProtectLamp GM Protect Lamp
GMWarningLamp GM Amber Warning Lamp
GMStopLamp GM Red Stop Lamp
GMMalfunctLamp GM Malfunction Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Recommended wiring
Function ECU J1 and J2connector Controller
CAN H 24 (J2) CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 9 (J2) CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 1 (J2) N/A
Battery - (negative) 13,28,29 (J1) N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A Range 0VDC to 5VDC,
100kOhm pull-down resistance
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see GM MEFI4/MEFI5B Fault Codes on page 868
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
GM MEFI4/MEFI5B aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not Not
Blink slow Blink slow
Supported Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
GMProtectLamp GM Protect Lamp
GMWarningLamp GM Amber Warning Lamp
GMStopLamp GM Red Stop Lamp
GMMalfunctLamp GM Malfunction Lamp
BankAFuelCtrl Bank A Close Loop Fuel Control
BankBFuelCtrl Bank B Close Loop Fuel Control
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
No documentation available so far!
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see GM MEFI6 Fault Codes on page 871
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
GM MEFI6 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
EPS TimerState 1107 Engine Protection System Timer State
EPS SDApproach 1109 Engine Protection System Approaching Shutdown
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
EPS Config 1111 Engine Protection System Configuration
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU B connector Controller
CAN H 20 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 21 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 22 N/A
Battery - (negative) 17 N/A
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
GM SECM aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Available list of texts of fault codes see Goodwe ET/BT Inverter Fault Codes on page 287
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Recommended wiring
RS485
Function Controller
connector
RS485 A 1 RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 COM
RS485 B 2 RS485 B
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Recommended wiring
Function 6 pin connector Controller
RS485 A+ 3 RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 COM
RS485 B- 4 RS485 B
Available list of texts of fault codes see Growatt PV Inverter RS485RTU v3.10 Fault Codes on page 288
Recommended wiring
Function 6 pin connector Controller
RS485 A+ 3 RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 COM
RS485 B- 4 RS485 B
Available list of texts of fault codes see Growatt PV Inverter RS485RTU v1.20 Fault Codes on page 290
6.30.1 LECM E6
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
FuelShtoff1 632 Engine Fuel Shutoff 1 Control
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FuelShtoff2 2807 Engine Fuel Shutoff 2 Control
OilPrimingPmp 3589 Engine Oil Priming Pump Control
EleSystem 3603 Engine Electrical System Power Conservation Control
SDRequest 3606 Engine Controlled Shutdown Request
ESDRequest 3607 Engine Emergency (Immediate) Shutdown Indication
StarterMotor 6385 Engine Starter Motor Relay Control
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Service 3 Pin
Function ECU connector DB9 Pin Controller
Connector
CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) –
CAN H J2-007 7 A
CAN H
CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) –
CAN COM J2-015 5 C
CAN COM
CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) –
CAN L J2-008 2 B
CAN L
Battery + (positive) J1-121 N/A N/A N/A
Battery - (negative) J1-122,123 N/A N/A N/A
Any binary output configured as
Key Switch J1-012 N/A N/A
ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed
N/A N/A N/A SG OUT
Control
Analog Speed
N/A N/A N/A SG COM
Control
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Guascor LECM E6 Fault Codes on page 877
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
6.31.1 EDC17
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Running Engine Running
ServiceDelay Service Delay
Pre-glow Pre-glow Active
P-OilMissing Oil Pressure Missing
DiagLamp Engine Diagnostic Lamp
T-Over Engine Overtemperature
AirFilterSw Air Filter Switch
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
Alternator1 3353 Alternator 1 Status
DPFRegenAct 3700 Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Status
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
DPFInhSwitch 3703 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
DPFInhNeutral 3708 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Out of Neutral
Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Parking Brake
DPFInhBrake 3710
Not Set
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU connector Hatz terminal Controller
CAN H K66 aa CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L K87 bb CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) K01,K03,K05, (K47) N/A
Battery - (negative) K02,K04,K06 N/A
Key Switch K46 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control K81 (K60) SG OUT
Analog Speed Control K67 (K58) SG COM
Engine Start Switch K50
Engine Stop switch K59
Starter Request Input K74
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see see Hatz EDC17 Fault Codes on page 884
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Hatz EDC17 aftertreatment lamps
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Solid On
Blink Not Supported Not Supported Solid On
slow
6.32.1 GMF
Controllers that support the GMF
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
StatusOK Overall Status OK
P-Zero Zero Pressure Detection
FlowZero Zero Flow Detection
NoFlow Flow Not Reached
VlvPositionFlt Valve Possition Error
T-ActuatorHi High Actuator Temperature
T-ActuatorFlt Actuator Temperature Fail
FGTFlt FGT Fail
P-DiffFlt Differential Pressure Fail
HiCurrCoilFlt Coil Current Fail (High)
HiPositionFlt Position Fail (High)
LowCurrCoilFlt Coil Current Fail (Low)
FlowNotPlsb Flow Not Plausible
LowPositionFlt Position Fail (Low)
Recommended wiring
customer 42pin
Function ECU B connector Controller
connector
CAN H 14 28 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 15 29 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 60,79 N/A N/A
Battery - (negative) 4,69,81 N/A N/A
Any binary output configured as ECU
Key Switch N/A N/A
PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG COM
6.32.2 Ariadne
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Available list of texts of fault codes see Heinzmann Ariadne Fault Codes on page 884
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Heinzmann Ariadne aftertreatment lamps
Not Not
Solid On Solid On
Supported Supported
6.32.3 Helenos
Available parameters
Recommended wiring
Function Terminals Controller
CAN H P3 - E CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L P3 - G CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) P2 - N N/A
Battery - (negative) P2 - U N/A
Available list of texts of fault codes see Heinzmann Helenos Fault Codes on page 885
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Heinzmann Helenos aftertreatment lamps
Not Not
Solid On Solid On
Supported Supported
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Recommended wiring
Function Terminal Controller
CAN H H CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Heinzmann Kronos aftertreatment lamps
Not Not
Solid On Solid On
Supported Supported
6.32.5 Pandaros
Controllers that support the Pandaros:
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Recommended wiring
Function Terminal Controller
CAN H H CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L L CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 21 N/A
Battery - (negative) 20 N/A
Available list of texts of fault codes see Heinzmann Pandaros Fault Codes on page 886
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Heinzmann Pandaros aftertreatment lamps
Not Not
Solid On Solid On
Supported Supported
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
Available list of texts of fault codes see Heinzmann Phlox Fault Codes on page 886
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Heinzmann Phlox aftertreatment lamps
Not Not
Solid On Solid On
Supported Supported
Available parameters
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Available list of texts of fault codes see Smart Logger Fault Codes on page 884
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function COM port 1-3 Controller
RS485 A + RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 COM
RS485 B - RS485 B
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Grid Conn
Grid Conn with derating (ext) with derating 1000
(ext)
Grid Conn
Grid Conn with derating (int) with derating 1000
(int)
Grid
Grid Connection 1000
Connection
Locking status Locking status 1000
Normal Grid
Normal Grid Connection 1000
Connection
Normal Stop Normal Stop 1000
PV
PV connection status connection 1000
status
Shutdown Shutdown 1000
Spot check Spot check 1000
Standby Standby 1000
Stop due to
Stop due to faults 1000
faults
Stop due to
Stop due to power rationing power 1000
rationing
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Available list of texts of fault codes see Huawei SUN2000 Fault Codes on page 320
6.34.1 SG50&SG100
Available parameters
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function Terminal Controller
CAN H Q CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
HuegliTech SG50 & SG100 aftertreatment lamps
Not Not
Solid On Solid On
Supported Supported
6.34.2 LEF200
Controllers that support the LEF200:
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
MisFirCh1_1 Misfiring Flags Channel 1 (1)
MisFirCh2_1 Misfiring Flags Channel 2 (1)
MisFirCh3_1 Misfiring Flags Channel 3 (1)
MisFirCh4_1 Misfiring Flags Channel 4 (1)
MisFirCh5_1 Misfiring Flags Channel 5 (1)
MisFirCh6_1 Misfiring Flags Channel 6 (1)
MisFirCh7_1 Misfiring Flags Channel 7 (1)
MisFirCh8_1 Misfiring Flags Channel 8 (1)
MisFirCh9_1 Misfiring Flags Channel 9 (1)
MisFirCh10_1 Misfiring Flags Channel 10 (1)
CurrDevCh1_1 Current Dev Flags Channel 1 (1)
CurrDevCh2_1 Current Dev Flags Channel 2 (1)
CurrDevCh3_1 Current Dev Flags Channel 3 (1)
CurrDevCh4_1 Current Dev Flags Channel 4 (1)
CurrDevCh5_1 Current Dev Flags Channel 5 (1)
CurrDevCh6_1 Current Dev Flags Channel 6 (1)
CurrDevCh7_1 Current Dev Flags Channel 7 (1)
CurrDevCh8_1 Current Dev Flags Channel 8 (1)
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function Black TYCO connector Controller
CAN H 14 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 13 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 16 N/A
Battery - (negative) 15 N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
MisFirCh1_1 Misfiring Flags Channel 1 (1)
MisFirCh2_1 Misfiring Flags Channel 2 (1)
MisFirCh3_1 Misfiring Flags Channel 3 (1)
MisFirCh4_1 Misfiring Flags Channel 4 (1)
MisFirCh5_1 Misfiring Flags Channel 5 (1)
MisFirCh6_1 Misfiring Flags Channel 6 (1)
MisFirCh7_1 Misfiring Flags Channel 7 (1)
MisFirCh8_1 Misfiring Flags Channel 8 (1)
MisFirCh9_1 Misfiring Flags Channel 9 (1)
MisFirCh10_1 Misfiring Flags Channel 10 (1)
CurrDevCh1_1 Current Dev Flags Channel 1 (1)
CurrDevCh2_1 Current Dev Flags Channel 2 (1)
CurrDevCh3_1 Current Dev Flags Channel 3 (1)
CurrDevCh4_1 Current Dev Flags Channel 4 (1)
CurrDevCh5_1 Current Dev Flags Channel 5 (1)
CurrDevCh6_1 Current Dev Flags Channel 6 (1)
CurrDevCh7_1 Current Dev Flags Channel 7 (1)
CurrDevCh8_1 Current Dev Flags Channel 8 (1)
CurrDevCh9_1 Current Dev Flags Channel 9 (1)
CurrDevCh10_1 Current Dev Flags Channel 10 (1)
CurrLimCh1_1 Current Lim Flags Channel 1 (1)
CurrLimCh2_1 Current Lim Flags Channel 2 (1)
CurrLimCh3_1 Current Lim Flags Channel 3 (1)
CurrLimCh4_1 Current Lim Flags Channel 4 (1)
CurrLimCh5_1 Current Lim Flags Channel 5 (1)
CurrLimCh6_1 Current Lim Flags Channel 6 (1)
CurrLimCh7_1 Current Lim Flags Channel 7 (1)
CurrLimCh8_1 Current Lim Flags Channel 8 (1)
CurrLimCh9_1 Current Lim Flags Channel 9 (1)
CurrLimCh10_1 Current Lim Flags Channel 10 (1)
MisFirCh1_2 Misfiring Flags Channel 1 (2)
MisFirCh2_2 Misfiring Flags Channel 2 (2)
MisFirCh3_2 Misfiring Flags Channel 3 (2)
MisFirCh4_2 Misfiring Flags Channel 4 (2)
MisFirCh5_2 Misfiring Flags Channel 5 (2)
MisFirCh6_2 Misfiring Flags Channel 6 (2)
MisFirCh7_2 Misfiring Flags Channel 7 (2)
MisFirCh8_2 Misfiring Flags Channel 8 (2)
MisFirCh9_2 Misfiring Flags Channel 9 (2)
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU connector Controller
CAN H 3 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 4 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 1 N/A
Battery - (negative) 2 N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
6.35.1 ECM
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
IgnitionSwitch Ignition Key Switch
RegenAssist1 Regeneration Assist Signal 1
RegenAssist2 Regeneration Assist Signal 2
StarterRelay Starter Cut Relay Signal
T-EGR EGR Gas Temperature Warning
T-AirBoostDiff Intake Air and Boost Temperature Difference Warning
T-ExhGas Exhaust Gas Temperature Warning
T-IntakeGas Intake Gas Temperature Warning
FuelFilterClog Fuel Filter Clogging Warning
P-Oil Engine Oil Pressure Drop Warning
T-Boost Boost Temperature Rise Warning
T-Fuel Fuel Temperature Rise Warning
T-Coolant Coolant Temperature Rise Warning
WrnOverrun Overrun Warning
ESD Emergency Shutdown Operation Signal
Glow Glow Signal
Proprietary parameters
Parameter name Function
Proprietary parameter.
Stop Request The command for normal stopping of the engine. The recommended source value for this
command is Stop solenoid.
Proprietary parameter.
EngProtHoldSig Engine Protection System Holding Signal. For more information about this signal contact local
Isuzu representative
Proprietary parameter.
PreheatStartSg Preheating Start Signal. For more information about this signal contact local Isuzu
representative
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU 121pin connector Controller
CAN H 18 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 37 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 2,5 N/A
Battery - (negative) 1,3,4 N/A
Key Switch 24 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A Range 0VDC to 5VDC,
100kOhm pull-down resistance
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Isuzu ECM Fault Codes on page 888
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Isuzu ECM aftertreatment lamps
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
6.36.1 EDC
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Immobilizer Immobilizer Fuel Block
DiagLamp Diagnostic Lamp Status
Overspeed Engine Overspeed
StopButton Status Of Stop Button
StartButton Status Of Start Button
P-OilLow Engine Oil Pressure Low
WaterInFuel Water In Fuel
FuelFltHeater Fuel Filter Heater Status
T-OilHi Engine Oil Temperature High
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
AP KickDownSw 559 Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch
BrakeSwitch 571 Retarder Enable - Brake Assist Switch
ShiftSwitch 572 Retarder Enable - Shift Assist Switch
CCActive 595 Cruise Control Active
Brake 597 Brake Switch
Clutch 598 Clutch Switch
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
DPFInhSwitch 3703 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
Proprietary parameters
Parameter name Function
Requested speed The speed request is sent from address 3.
This output is recommended to be used when there is no SCI module connected to the
Mode without SCI
CAN bus. This output is available only in GenConfig or DriveConfig PC software.
This output must be used when a SCI module is connected to the CAN bus. This output is
Mode with SCI
available only in GenConfig or DriveConfig PC software.
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Iveco NEF&Cursor Fault Codes on page 889
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Iveco NEF&Cursor aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast Blink fast
Solid On Solid On
Solid On Blink slow Blink slow Not Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Wait To Start Lamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
Fuel Block Status By
- Proprietary parameter.
Immobilizer
Diagnostic Lamp Status - Proprietary parameter.
Engine Overspeed - Proprietary parameter.
OBD MIL Status - Proprietary parameter.
ECM Fuelling - Proprietary parameter.
Status Of Stop Button - Proprietary parameter.
Status Of Start Button - Proprietary parameter.
Engine Oil Pressure Low - Proprietary parameter.
Water In Fuel - Proprietary parameter.
Fuel Filter Heater Status - Proprietary parameter.
Engine Oil Temperature High - Proprietary parameter.
Protect Lamp 987 Protect Lamp
Amber Warning Lamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
Red Stop Lamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
Malfunction Lamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Flash Protect Indicator Lamp 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
Flash Amber Warning Lamp
Fast Flash Amber Warning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
Lamp
Flash Red Stop Lamp
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp
Recommended wiring
Function ECU A2 89pin connector Controller
CAN H 52 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Iveco NEF&Cursor aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast Blink fast
Solid On Solid On
Solid On Blink slow Blink slow Not Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Overspeed Engine Overspeed
FuelFltHeater Fuel Filter Heater Status
T-OilHi Engine Oil Temperature High
Over-T Protec Fuel Over Temperature Protection
Smoke Limit Smoke Limiter Protection
OverSpeedProt Engine Over Speed Protection
MechProt Engine Mechanical Protection
OverheatProt Engine Overheat Protection
7
ECUWatInFuel 97 ECU Water In Fuel
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
ACM inhibited 3703 ACM inhibited
MCM inhibited 3712 MCM inhibited
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Iveco requirements
CAUTION: Some Iveco engines may explicitly require an engine safety shut-down procedure to be
executed by the controller based on signals transmitted by the Iveco ECU. It is the users
responsisbility to configure these (as protections in the controller) manually based on the exact
requirements for the specific engine model.
For example:
High engine coolant temperature
Low oil engine pressure
Water in fuel
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Iveco MD1 Fault Codes on page 893
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Iveco MD1 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On
Solid On Solid On Solid On Blink slow
Blink fast
Solid On Solid On
Solid On Blink slow Blink slow Not Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Iveco requirements
CAUTION: Some Iveco engines may explicitly require an engine safety shut-down procedure to be
executed by the controller based on signals transmitted by the Iveco ECU. It is the users
responsisbility to configure these (as protections in the controller) manually based on the exact
requirements for the specific engine model.
For example:
High engine coolant temperature
Low oil engine pressure
Water in fuel
Recommended wiring
Function ECU connector 4 Controller
CAN H 28 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 29 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 1,2,4,5,7,8 N/A
Battery - (negative) 3,6,10,11,13,16 N/A
Key Switch 36 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Iveco MD1 Fault Codes on page 893
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Solid On
Solid On Solid On Solid On Blink slow
Blink fast
Solid On Solid On
Not Supported Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink fast Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
FuelShtoff1 632 Engine Fuel Shutoff 1 Control
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FuelLeakage1 1239 Engine Fuel Leakage 1
FuelLeakage2 1240 Engine Fuel Leakage 2
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function Interface card Controller
CAN H J2 - 1 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L J2 - 2 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 116 N/A
Battery - (negative) 117 N/A
Key Switch J7 - 18,192 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
2Emergency stop must open this contact. After power on it has to wait for 10 seconds before start the engine - if
ECU PwrRelay output is used to close this contact Prestart time has to be set to at least 10 seconds.
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Iveco Vector aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
6.36.6 EDC17
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
UreaBurnOff Burn-Off for Urea Deposit
DiagLamp Diagnostic Lamp Status
Overspeed Engine Overspeed
P-OilLow Engine Oil Pressure Low
WaterInFuel Water In Fuel
FuelFltHeater Fuel Filter Heater Status
Proprietary parameters
Parameter name Function
Requested speed The speed request is sent from address 3.
This output is recommended to be used when there is no SCI module connected to the
Mode without SCI
CAN bus. This output is available only in GenConfig or DriveConfig PC software.
This output must be used when a SCI module is connected to the CAN bus. This output is
Mode with SCI
available only in GenConfig or DriveConfig PC software.
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Iveco EDC17 Fault Codes on page 900
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Solid On Solid On
Blink Blink
Not Supported slow slow Not Supported
Blink Blink
fast fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
AP KickDownSw 559 Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch
TimerState 590 Engine Idle Shutdown Timer State
TimerFunction 591 Engine Idle Shutdown Timer Function
TimerOverride 592 Engine Idle Shutdown Timer Override
ShutdownEngine 593 Engine Idle Shutdown has Shutdown Engine
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
AT1IntDewPoint 3237 Aftertreatment 1 Intake Dew Point
AT1ExhDewPoint 3238 Aftertreatment 1 Exhaust Dew Point
AT2IntDewPoint 3239 Aftertreatment 2 Intake Dew Point
AT2ExhDewPoint 3240 Aftertreatment 2 Exhaust Dew Point
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU X2 62pin connector Controller
CAN H 27 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM 19 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 23 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 57,60,53,49 N/A
Battery - (negative) 58,59,61,62 N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see JCB Delphi DCM Fault Codes on page 903
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
JCB Delphi DCM aftertreatment lamps
Solid On
Solid On Blink slow Not Supported Solid On
Blink fast
6.38.1 DIA.NE
Note: To enable direct controller communication with Jenbacher DIA.NE, order the engine with Modbus
interface!
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
ServSwitch OFF Service Selector Switch OFF
ServSwitch MAN Service Selector Switch MAN
ServSwitch AUT Service Selector Switch AUT
GCB Closed GCB Closed
GCB Open GCB Open
Operation ON Operation ON
Operation OFF Operation OFF
ReadyAutDem ON Ready for Aut. Demand ON
ReadyAutDemOFF Ready for Aut. Demand OFF
MCB Closed MCB Closed
MCB Open MCB Open
SynchrGenActiv Synchronizing Gen. Activated
ReSynchrActiv Re-synchronizing Activated
ReadyAutDemand Ready for Aut. Demand
DemandForAux Demand for Auxiliaries
GCB Closed 2 GCB Closed 2
MCB Closed 2 MCB Closed 2
ModuleDemanded Module is Demanded
Engine Running Operation - Engine is Running
ServSwitchMAN2 Service Select. Switch MAN 2
ServSwitchAUT2 Service Select. Switch AUT 2
General Trip General Trip
GeneralWarning General Warning
OperHoursPulse Pulse for OperHours Counter
StartCntPulse Pulse for Start Counter
ReservedBIN1 Reserved R002 BIN1
ReservedBIN2 Reserved R002 BIN2
ReservedBIN3 Reserved R002 BIN3
ReservedBIN4 Reserved R002 BIN4
6.38.2 DIA.NE
Note: To enable direct controller communication with Jenbacher DIA.NE, order the engine with Modbus
interface!
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Demand for Auxiliaries DemandForAux 500
GCB Closed GCB Closed 500
GCB Closed 2 GCB Closed 2 500
GCB Open GCB Open 500
General Trip General Trip 500
General Warning GeneralWarning 500
MCB Closed MCB Closed 500
MCB Closed 2 MCB Closed 2 500
MCB Open MCB Open 500
Module is Demanded ModuleDemanded 500
While some controllers support all parameters from the list above, the controllers listed below can support only some of the parameters.
These are then denoted with the same number.
NT NT NT
1 - InteliLite , 2 - InteliLite , 3 - InteliDrive Lite , 4 - InteliCompact , 5 - InteliNano , 6 - InteliDrive Nano , 7 - InteliGen200, InteliGen500
Recommended wiring
Function Siemens connector Controller
RS485 A A RS485 – RS485 A
RS485 COM COM RS485 – RS485 COM
RS485 B B RS485 – RS485 B
Battery + (positive) N/A N/A
Battery - (negative) N/A N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Communication settings
Function Settings
Baud rate 9600
Start bit 1
Data bits 8
Parity None
6.39.1 EU3A
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see see Jichai EU3A Fault Codes on page 905
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Jichai EU3A aftertreatment lamps
Turbocharger :
V – Variable geometry turchocharger (VGT)
xSxxxx
S – Series turbochargers
W – wastegate turbocharger
xxSxxx Aftertreatment : S – Exhaust filter and SCR X – Exhaust filter
xxx6.8L Displacement
6.40.3 JDEC
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU 21pin connector Controller
CAN H V CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM F CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L U CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) B N/A
Battery - (negative) E N/A
Key Switch G Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see John Deere Fault Codes on page 905
Note:
Important JDEC settings for speed control via CAN are:
Torque speed control - Enable TSC1 Source 1; Source Address 1 set to 3
Governor droop – Set RPM of droop to e.g. 36 (it will enable controller to vary engine speed its nominal speed)
Throttle – Disable all throttles
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
John Deere aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast Blink fast
Solid On
Solid On
Solid On Blink slow Not Supported
Blink slow
Blink fast
6.41.1 Blueplanet
Controllers that support the Blueplanet
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Recommended wiring
RS485
Function RS485 connector Controller
RS485 A A RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 COM
RS485 B B RS485 B
Ethernet
Function RJ45 connector Controller
Ethernet RJ45 connector Ethernet
6.42.1 GSE
Controllers that support the GSE:
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
15V Power Supply
15V Power Supply Failure 500
Failure
AC Auxiliary
AC Auxiliary Power Supply Failure 500
Power Supply Fail
AC Circuit
AC Circuit Breaker is Open 500
Breaker is Open
AC Fan Failure AC Fan Failure 500
Allow Boot Bit Allow Boot Bit 500
Allow Charging Bit Allow Charging Bit 500
Allow Discharging
Allow Discharging Bit 500
Bit
BMS
BMS Communication Failure Communication 500
Failure
Battery Open
Battery Open Circuit Failure 500
Circuit Failure
Batt Reverse
Battery Reverse Connected Fault 1 500
Connected Fault 1
Battery Undervoltage Fault 1 Battery 500
Recommended wiring
RS485
Function RS485 connector Controller
RS485 A A RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 COM
RS485 B B RS485 B
Communication settings
Function Settings
Baud rate 9600
Start bit 1
Data bits 8
Parity None
Ethernet
Function TCP/IP connector Controller
Ethernet RJ45 RJ45
6.43.1 KDI
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
AP KickDownSw 559 Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
StartEnbl1 626 Engine Start Enable Device 1
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
RoadSpdLimit 1437 Road Speed Limit Status
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
DPFInhSwitch 3703 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Conditions Not Met for Active
DPFNoMetRegen 3750
Regeneration
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
9pin diagnostic
Function ECU connector Controller
connector
CAN H B8 C (D1) CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L B7 D (D2) CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) B1,B2,B47 B N/A
Battery - (negative) B3,B4,B5,B6 A N/A
Key Switch B9 N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control B28 N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control B32 N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see see Kohler Fault Codes on page 906
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Kohler aftertreatment lamps
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
6.44.1 ECM
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7,8
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7,8
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7,8
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7,8
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7,8
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
ESDRequest 3607 Engine Emergency (Immediate) Shutdown Indication
DPFInhibited 3702 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Status
1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8
DPFInhSwitch 3703 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Accelerator
DPFInhIdle 3707
Pedal Off Idle
DPFInhNeutral 3708 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Out of Neutral
Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Parking Brake
DPFInhBrake 3710
Not Set
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU connector Controller
CAN H V37 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L V17 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) V18,58,38,78,1,21,13,33 N/A
Battery - (negative) V39,79,80,59,20,40,60 N/A
Key Switch V12 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Kubota Fault Codes on page 907
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
6.44.2 EDC17
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
ForcedWarmUp Forced Warming Up
DiagnosisLamp Diagnosis Lamp
PCDErrorFlag PCD Error Status Lamp
EGRTamperFlag EGR System Tampering Flag
PCD 1 PCD 1
PCD 2 PCD 2
PCD 3 PCD 3
NCD 1 NCD 1
NCD 2 NCD 2
WaterInFuel 2 Water In Fuel Indication 2
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Intermediate CAN Service port
Function ECU conenctor Controller
connector A (4pin)
CAN1 (extension modules/J1939)
CAN H 231 100 300
– CAN H
CAN1 (extension modules/J1939)
CAN COM N/A N/A N/A
– CAN COM
CAN1 (extension modules/J1939)
CAN L 243 101 302
– CAN L
Battery + (positive) 256,255,253 360,350 N/A N/A
Battery - (negative) 251,252,254 102 303 N/A
Any binary output configured as
Key Switch 226 N/A 301
ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed
N/A N/A N/A SG OUT
Control
Analog Speed
N/A N/A N/A SG COM
Control
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Kubota EDC17 Fault Codes on page 909
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
6.45.1 D500
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
PF-GenLagging 2518 Generator Overall Power Factor Lagging
Recommended wiring
Function AVR connector Controller
CAN H D9 serial CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L D9 serial CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 3pin port N/A
Battery - (negative) D9 serial N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
ShortCircuitAL Short Circuit Alarm
LossOfVoltAL Loss of Voltage Alarm
UnderExcitAL Under Excitation Alarm
OverExcitLvlAL Over Excitation on Level Alarm
OverExcitCrvAL Over Excitation on Curve Alarm
StatOvercurLim Stator Overcurrent Limit
PidRmsEnable PID RMS Enable BIN
6.46.1 LIDEC 1
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Liebherr LIDEC Fault Codes on page 911
6.46.2 LIDEC 2
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Ready to start Engine Ready to Start
ReadyToSync Engine Ready to Grid Sync
ExtLoadAdjust Engine External Load Adjustment
Power-Idle Engine Power-Idle
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function 9pin diagnostic connector Controller
CAN H ?? CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM ?? CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L ?? CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) ?? N/A
Battery - (negative) ?? N/A
Key Switch ?? Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control ?? SG OUT
Analog Speed Control ?? SG COM
Information about wiring is currently unavailable.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Liebherr LIDEC2 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not Not
Blink slow Blink slow
Supported Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
6.47.1 AFS
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
AP KickDownSw 559 Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
EPS SDApproach 1109 Engine Protection System Approaching Shutdown
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
ECU 52pin
Function Controller
connector
CAN H 33 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 44 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 1 N/A
Battery - (negative) 27,28 N/A
Key Switch 18 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Mahindra AFS Fault Codes on page 917.
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Mahindra AFS aftertreatment lamps
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Note:
Controller ECU PwrRelay output can be used to activate Ignition (Kl.15).
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see see MAN MFR Fault Codes on page 917
Diagnostic
The controller shows in the alarm list for each fault: Text message or fault code number SPN number on the
bottom row OC number on the bottom row which says from where comes this fault:
0 - EDC Master
1 - EDC Slave
39 - MFR FMI number in the right bottom corner
Fault details are displayed in the bottom row when fault is selected with > mark in the list of faults by Up/Down
arrows.
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
MAN MFR aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Master Water In Fuel Indicator 1
WaterInFuel 97 Slave Water In Fuel Indicator 1
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Master Red Stop Lamp
StopLamp 623 Slave Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Master Amber Warning Lamp
WarningLamp 624 Slave Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Master Protect Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Slave Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Master Malfunction Indicator Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Slave Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU Controller
CAN H A48 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM A35 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) A01, A03, A05 N/A
Battery - (negative) A02, A04, A06 N/A
Key Switch A17 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see see MAN EDC17 Fault Codes on page 922
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
IMPORTANT: Please check the configuration of MAN Data Logger. The only supported
configuration is labeled as order number 51.27700-7002 and rear panel label Config. version:
31.8.2015
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Diagnostic
The ECU does not support any diagnostic protocol.
Recommended wiring
Left (L) or Right
Function (R) 48pin 9pin diagnostic connector Controller
connector
CAN H R88 N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) CAN H
CAN COM R89 N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) CAN COM
CAN L R91 N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) CAN L
Battery + (positive) R95 N/A N/A
L12, L36, L48 R60,
Battery - (negative) N/A N/A
R72, R84, R96
Key Switch N/A N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG COM
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
MAN data logger aftertreatment lamps
Not Not
Solid On Solid On
Supported Supported
6.49.1 DVR2000EC
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Excitation Excitation Mode
SourceIn Input Source
SensePhases Current Sense Phases
AL-OvrVolt Generator Over Voltage Alarm
AL-RevPowFlow Generator Reverse Power Flow Alarm
AL-UnderFreq Generator Under Frequency Alarm
AL-Imbalance Generator Imbalance Alarm
AL-FldOvrCurr Generator Instantaneous Field Over Current Alarm
AL-FldCurrLim Generator Field Current Limiting Alarm
AL-SensLoss Generator Loss of Sensing Alarm
AL-UnderVolt Generator Under Voltage Alarm
AL-CommLoss Generator Loss of CAN communication Alarm
AL-RegOvrTemp Generator Regulator Over Temperature Alarm
Recommended wiring
ECU 52pin
Function Controller
connector
CAN H 33 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 44 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 1 N/A
Battery - (negative) 27,28 N/A
Key Switch 18 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Marathon DVR200EC Fault Codes on page 922.
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Marathon DVR200EC aftertreatment lamps
6.50.1 SECM70
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
FuelShtoff1 632 Engine Fuel Shutoff 1 Control
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
FuelShtoff2 2807 Engine Fuel Shutoff 2 Control
SDRequest 3606 Engine Controlled Shutdown Request
ESDRequest 3607 Engine Emergency (Immediate) Shutdown Indication
ClosedLoopActv 520530 Closed loop active
ClosedLoopAcB2 520530 Closed loop active Bank 2
AdaptLearnActv 520531 Adaptive learn active
AdaptLearnAcB2 520531 Adaptive learn active Bank 2
MasterPowRly 520532 Master power relay
MasterPowRlyB2 520532 Master power relay Bank 2
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU connector Controller
CAN H 36 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 53 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 68 N/A
Battery - (negative) 69, 70 N/A
Key Switch 38 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see MESA SECM70 Fault Codes on page 922
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
FiringEnabled Firing enabled
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function Terminals Controller
CAN H CAN High CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L CAN Low CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 24V + N/A
Battery - (negative) 24V - N/A
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
6.51.2 Varistep 1
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Recommended wiring
Function Controller
CAN H CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) N/A
Battery - (negative) N/A
Key Switch Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control SG OUT
Analog Speed Control SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
6.51.3 Varistep 2
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Offline Offline
Mode Error
Man/Auto Manual / Auto Mode
StepError Step Error
Timeout Time out error
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Varistep2 aftertreatment lamps
Available parameters
For more information about available values and signals, please refer to I-CB manual or ICBEdit PC software.
IMPORTANT: Check that CAN bus terminating resistors or appropriate jumpers are connected.
Note: For connection to MTU ADEC module it is necessary to use an I-CB module. Configuration of the
controller and I-CB has to be done separately using GenConfig or DriveConfig and ICBEdit software. For further
information see I-CB manual.
Note: As an exception to the above the MTU ADEC ECU7 can be connected directly ONLY IF the CAN
Module version is 501. Following limitations apply: In order to connection to the MTU ECU7 directly (without I-
CB module), some extension modules may not be supported due to different baud rate of the ECU7. (CAN1
message 0x722) is in conflict with MTU protocol, therefore any module on BOUT1 has not to be used!
Note: MTU Engine Control units configuration that are supported via I-CB are MDEC and ADEC where ADEC
is the more recent version of the MTU ECU.
Note: Depending on SW configuration of the CAN interface in MTU ECU the interface behaves differently.
MTU names the configurations "CAN Modul" suffixed with a 3 digit number. The 3 digit number is therefore
reused in I-CB as indication of which configuration this is supporting. The CAN Modules supported by I-CB for
ADEC units are CAN Modul 401, CAN Modul 501 and CAN Modul 502. Also ADEC and ADEC-1600P are I-CB
modules derived from the CAN Modul 501 available in I-CBEdit (configuration tool of I-CB) I-CB also support
MDEC configurations (these are CAN Modul 201, CAN Modul 302, CAN Modul 303 and CAN Modul 304)
Note: As MTU has released different versions of identical Modul with different functionality it is difficult to
indicate whether all signals from a particular CAN Modul will work with a given ECU which is why I-CB
configuration tool offers the user the ability to add signals if he has the definition of these for his particular ECU
(this definition can be obtained from MTU directly)
Recommended wiring
Function ECU connector Controller
CAN H X1-19 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM X1-20 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L X1-35 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery +
X3-3,6,9,12 N/A
(positive)
Battery -
X3-1,4,7,10 N/A
(negative)
Key Switch X3-13 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog
Speed X1-31 SG OUT
Control
Analog
Speed X1-30 SG COM
Control
IMPORTANT: Check that CAN bus terminating resistors or appropriate jumpers are connected.
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Note: For communication with the ComAp controller the CCB2 card may be required in the SAM module.
Please check this demand with local MTU representative.
IMPORTANT: Please check the version of SAM module firmware as the ver. 40014_A8 –V5 is not
compatible with ComAp controllers. The compatible SAM module firmwares are ver. 40014_A8 –V4
or older or 40014_A8 –V6.
IMPORTANT: No fault codes in DM1 frame are provided by MTU ADEC system. Fault codes are
only available as analog input "Failure Codes". ECU binary inputs may be used as fault code
representative. Therefore you can use only 16 fault codes – binary inputs (standard ECU size) or 32
(large ECU size)!
Proprietary parameters
Parameter name Function
The command for Reset ECU Alarms. The recommended source value for this command is
Alarm Reset
FltResButnEcho.
Speed Setting Limit Active For more information about this signal contact local MTU representative.
The command used for engine running. The recommended source value for this command is
Engine Start
Starter.
This feature gives the operator ability to switch the rated speed between 50Hz and 60Hz. The
50/60Hz system will only react to a state transition while the Engine speed is 0. The recommended
source value for this command is Logical 0 for 50Hz and Logical 1 for 60Hz.
The command for normal stopping of the engine. The recommended source value for this
Engine Stop
command is Stop pulse.
Proprietary parameters
Parameter name Function
0 – indicates maximum power fueling
1 – indicates alternate power fueling 1
Rating Switch 1 2 - 253 - indicates alternate power fueling 2 thru 253
254 – Error condition
255 – Not available
Abbreviation explanation
Abbreviation Meaning
AL Alarm - Warning or alarm due to a binary signal
LO Low - Warning or alarm threshold due to a shortfall
HI High - Warning or alarm limits are exceeded
Transmitter Deviation - Warning or alarm due to a large deviation between the analog values of
TD
two redundant sensors
SD Sensor Defective - Warning or alarm because of a defective sensor
Switch Fault - Warning or alarm condition due to an improper combination two complementary
SF
switch
SS Security Shutdown - Alarm, which led to engine emergency stop
MG Message - Message from external system
SE System Error - Warning, a system error
DL Default Lost - Warning due to a node failure in the default field bus
RL Redundancy Lost - Warning due to a node failure in the redundant fieldbus
PB Push Button - Indicator due to the activation of certain control keys
Note: If you have some problems with frame EBC1 (PGN=61441d, F001h) e.g. binary output engine stop,
please contact your MTU service to upgrade firmware in your ECU / SAM module.
Note: ECU is automatically configured to isochronous (Droop2 = 0% corresponds to Engine alternate droop
accelerator 1 select = 1). If you want to use droop (Droop1 = 4%) then set Source to 0.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
MTU ECU7 aftertreatment lamps
Proprietary parameters
Parameter name Function
CAN Demand Switches contains at:
Bit 0 - 3 the source for Local normal switch position
Bit 4 - 7 the source for Local Emergency switch position
Bit 8 - 11 the source for Remote normal switch position
Bit 12 - 15 the source for Remote Emergency switch position
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Note: Please, notice that the DIP switch configuration is checking up after SMART connects powering up. Any
change of DIP switches requires power off and on again of SMART connect.
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see MTU SMART Connect Fault Codes on page 975
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
MTU SMART Connect aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
EPS SDApproach 1109 Engine Protection System Approaching Shutdown
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
AT1Regen 3483 Aftertreatment 1 Regeneration Status
CoolPreHeated 3553 Engine Coolant Pre-heated State
DPFInhibited 3702 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Status
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
DPFInhSwitch 3703 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
ProtectionOvr 520202 Engine Safety and Protection Override Status
Spd-UpFdb 520205 Feedback of Operating Speed Up Switch
Spd-DwnFdb 520206 Feedback of Operating Speed Down Switch
CylCutoff 520252 Engine Cylinder Cutoff
LoadGenerator 520253 Load Generator Status
Running 520255 MTU Engine Running State
Spd-Source 520263 Source of Current Speed Demand
Spd-Fail 520830 Speed Demand Fail Mode
ExternalStop 520833 External Stop State
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU X1 connector Controller
CAN H 3 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM 6 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 4 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 58, 59, 62 N/A
Battery - (negative) 57, 60, 61 N/A
Key Switch 31 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see MTU ECU9 Fault Codes on page 934
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
MTU ECU9 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast Blink fast
Solid On
Solid On Not Supported Solid On
Blink slow
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
Recommended wiring
Function X51 connector Controller
CAN H 56 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM 54 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 55 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) N/A N/A
Battery - (negative) N/A N/A
Key Switch 16 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see MTU Engine Interface Module Fault Codes on page 938
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
MTU Engine Interface Module aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not Not
Blink slow Blink slow
Supported Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
BattSwHold 1681 Battery Main Switch Hold State
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
DPFInhibited 3702 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Status
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
DPFInhSwitch 3703 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Clutch
DPFInhClutch 3704
Disengaged
DPFInhPTO 3706 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to PTO Active
Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Accelerator
DPFInhIdle 3707
Pedal Off Idle
Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Vehicle Speed
DPFInhSpeed 3709
Above Allowed Speed
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Recommended wiring
Unit connectors
Function Controller
ST2(B) or ST3(C)
CAN H ST2-18 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM ST2-17 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L ST2-16 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) ST2-01 N/A
Battery - (negative) ST2-02 N/A
Key Switch ST2-03 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control ST2-04 SG OUT
Analog Speed Control ST3-02 SG COM
Note: To enable the function of Remote throttle sensor on pin ST3-02, the parameter 13/63 has to be set to 1.
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see MTU DDEC 10 Fault Codes on page 931
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
MTU DDEC 10 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast Blink fast
Solid On
Solid On
Solid On Blink slow Not Supported
Blink slow
Blink fast
Note: In order to connection to the MTU MIP 4000 gen-set controller it is necessary to use an I-CB module and
UC-7112-LX Plus module.
Configuration of the controller and I-CB has to be done separately using GenConfig or DriveConfig and ICBEdit
software. For further information see I-CB manual.
UC-7112-LX Plus configuration file - MTU_MIP4000_ver.: 1.0.0 . For further information see UC-7112-LX Plus
manual.
Available parameters
IMPORTANT: The response time of the UC-7112-LX Plus (modbus server) is about 200ms. It has to
be taken into account when configure the number and refresh time of read/written parameters.
Incorrect configuration of I-CB module may cause instability of read /written parameters.
Recommended wiring
IMPORTANT: Check that CAN bus terminating resistors or appropriate jumpers are connected.
IMPORTANT: Direct connection of the Ethernet between MTU MIP 4000 and UC-7112-LX Plus is
strongly recommended.
Note: IP addresses of the MTU MIP 4000 (192.168.23.101) and the UC-7112-LX Plus (192.168.23.201) are
fixed without possibility to change.
The network mask (255.255.254.0) if fixed for both devices without possbility to chage it.
The communication UDP port is the same (21101) for both devices.
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see MTU MIP4000 Fault Codes on page 940
Note: In order to connection to the MTU MIP 4000 gen-set controller it is necessary to use an IEI module.
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
OpenBckupSw Demand Open Backup Switch
AuxDrives Demand Auxiliary Drives
FreshOilPump Demand Fresh Oil Pump
EngPreheating Demand Engine Preheating
InterfaceCtrl Control Via Interface
GenAvailable Machine Available
GenStopped Engine Stopped
GasTypeA Gastype A Active
StartDemand Start Demand Active
Start Start Active
Stop Stop Active
GasLeakAAct Leakage Test Gas Line A Active
GeaLeakA Leakage Test Gas Line A OK
AuxDrives Auxiliary Drives Active
WasteOilPmp Waste/Prelube Oil Pump Active
GasVlv1Open Gasvalve 1 For Gas Type A Open
MainsOK Mains OK
GCBSync Synchronisation GCB
MCBSync Synchronisation MCB
GCB negFdb GCB is OFF
GCB GCB is ON
MCB negFdb MCB is OFF
MCB MCB is ON
MainsParallel Mains Parallel Operation Active
Island Island Operation Active
Recommended wiring
IMPORTANT: Check that CAN bus terminating resistors or appropriate jumpers are connected.
IMPORTANT: Direct connection of the Ethernet between MTU MIP 4000 and IEI module is strongly
recommended.
Note: IP address of the MTU MIP 4000 has to be 192.168.23.101 for the communication with IEI to work.
The network mask (255.255.254.0) is fixed for both devices without possbility to chage it.
The communication UDP port is 21101.
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see MTU MIP4000 J1939 Fault Codes on page 957
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
MTU MIP4000 J1939 aftertreatment lamps
Not Not
Solid On Solid On
Supported Supported
6.53.1 SECM
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
ExhO2SensClsLp 1696 Engine Exhaust O2 Sensor Closed Loop Operation
AT1IntDewPoint 3237 Aftertreatment 1 Intake Dew Point
AT1ExhDewPoint 3238 Aftertreatment 1 Exhaust Dew Point
ClosedLoopAct 520530 Closed Loop Active
AdaptLearnAct 520531 Adaptive Learn Active
MasterPwrRel 520532 Master Power Relay
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Recommended wiring
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
MWM SECM aftertreatment lamps
6.53.2 ADEM A4
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
FuelShtoff1 632 Engine Fuel Shutoff 1 Control
FuelShtoff2 2807 Engine Fuel Shutoff 2 Control
PTO Enabled 3452 Enable Switch - Transmission input shaft PTO 1
ESDRequest 3607 Engine Emergency (Immediate) Shutdown Indication
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU 70pin AMP connector Controller
CAN H 50 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
MWM CG132 aftertreatment lamps
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
2Caterpillar PWM speed contol terminal
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Conn Conn 5000
Local/Remote Controll Local Remote 1000
PCS Control
PCS Control Mode 2000
Mode
VArPct_Ena VArPct_Ena 5000
WMaxLim_Ena WMaxLim_Ena 5000
Recommended wiring
RS485
Function RS485 J1 connector Controller
RS485 A 5 RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 COM
RS485 B 15 RS485 B
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Recommended wiring
RS485
Function RS485 J1 connector Controller
RS485 A 5 RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 COM
RS485 B 15 RS485 B
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
ShutdownEngine 593 Engine Idle Shutdown has Shutdown Engine
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
ShutoffCommand 2813 Engine Air Shutoff Command Status
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Note: To enable speed control over CAN bus set Desired Speed Input Arrangement to "CAN Input" and Digital
Speed Control Installed to "Not Installed" in Perkins EST program.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Perkins ECM aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast Blink fast
Solid On
Solid On
Solid On Blink slow Not Supported
Blink slow
Blink fast
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
IMPORTANT: No value for speed control being sent to the ECU when Perkins 1300 is configured!
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Perkins 1300 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
ShutdownEngine 593 Engine Idle Shutdown has Shutdown Engine
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
StartEnbl1 626 Engine Start Enable Device 1
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
StartEnbl2 1804 Engine Start Enable Device 2
OverspeedTest 2812 Engine Overspeed Test
AP2LowIdleSw 2970 Accelerator Pedal 2 Low Idle Switch
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
OilPrim 3551 Engine Oil Priming State
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
DPFInhSwitch 3703 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Perkins ADEM A6E11 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On
Solid On
Not Supported Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
ShutdownEngine 593 Engine Idle Shutdown has Shutdown Engine
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Perkins ECM Fault Codes on page 980.
Note: To enable speed control over CAN bus set Desired Speed Input Arrangement to "CAN Input" and Digital
Speed Control Installed to "Not Installed" in Perkins EST program. Or make a loop on J1 connector pins 49 and
18.
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
Solid On Solid On
Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast Blink fast
Solid On
Solid On
Solid On Blink slow Not Supported
Blink slow
Blink fast
6.56.1 Powerlink
Controllers that support the Powerlink
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
6.57.1 E-control
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
customer 42pin
Function ECU B connector Controller
connector
CAN H 14 28 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 15 29 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 60,79 N/A N/A
Battery - (negative) 4,69,81 N/A N/A
Any binary output configured as ECU
Key Switch N/A N/A
PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG COM
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
PSI e-control aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Intercooler:
xCxx C - Air/Air
I - Water/Air
xx12 Displacement
xxxxM Marine
6.58.2 PCU
Controllers that support the PCU
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Eng.Shutdown Engine Shutting Down
OilLevelLow Low Engine Oil Level
OilLevelHigh High Engine Oil Level
P-OilLow Low Engine Oil Pressure
TurbSdOverride Turbine Temp do not Shutdown Engine
T-CoolantHigh High Engine Coolant Temp
T-HightPwrLost Power Lost Due To High Temp
EngStopLimit Engine Stop Limit Exceeded
Charge61 Charge 61
TestLamp Test Engine Lamp
Diagnostic Diagnostic Status
IncorrectDrv Incorrect Driver Initiated Engine Shutdown
AirFltClogged Engine Air Filter Clogged
Proprietary parameters
Parameter name Function
Nominal speed offset (if Torque enable is “Engine speed control”). Increase or decrease the
reference speed (with or without droop) in relation to nominal speed. The offset range is
APP - Nominal Speed Offset
changeable with calibration parameters. (normally ± 120 rpm, 0% = -120 rpm and 100% =
+120 rpm)
0 – No request
1 – Invalidated manual regeneration request
2 - Manual regeneration request
DPF Manual Activation
3 – 13 – Reserved
14 – Error
15 – Don’t care
APP - Nominal Speed Offset settings for InteliDrive DCU, InteliDrive Mobile
Source Speed Request
Convert NO
N/A N/A
Limits
N/A N/A
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see ScaniaS8 Singlespeed Fault Codes on page 992
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Scania PCU aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Solid On Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink fast Blink fast
6.58.3 S6 Singlespeed
Image 5.132 S6
Proprietary parameters
Parameter name Function
Enable or disable droop function. The droop value is changeable with calibration parameter or
Droop enable
with TSC-proprietary. The recommended source value for this command is Logical 0.
The calculated output torque of the engine. The data is transmitted in indicated torque as a
percent of reference engine torque. The engine percent torque value will not be less than zero
Torque enable
and it includes the torque developed in the cylinders required to overcome friction. The
recommended source value for this command is Logical 0.
The command used for engine running. The recommended source value for this command is
Engine Start
Starter.
Normally used for engine emergency stop. When used it will set an error- / information code.
Emergency Engine Stop
The recommended source value for this command is Logical 0.
Engine Stop Normally used for engine emergency stop. Engine Stop (without error code).
APP - Nominal Speed Offset settings for InteliDrive DCU, InteliDrive Mobile
Source Speed Request
Convert NO
N/A N/A
Limits
N/A N/A
Recommended wiring
ECU B1 8pin diagnostic
Function Controller
connector connector
CAN H 9 6 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 10 7 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 1,6 1,3,4 N/A
Battery - (negative) 2,7 2,5 N/A
Key Switch 3 N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Scania S6 Singlespeed from ver.1794335 Fault Codes on page
986.
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Scania S6 Singlespeed from ver.1794335 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
Image 5.133 S6
Proprietary parameters
Parameter name Function
Nominal speed offset (if Torque enable is “Engine speed control”). Increase or decrease the
Accelerator Pedal Position reference speed (with or without droop) in relation to nominal speed. The offset range is changeable
with calibration parameters. (normally ± 120 rpm, 0% = -120 rpm and 100% = +120 rpm).
APP - Nominal Speed Offset settings for InteliDrive DCU, InteliDrive Mobile
Source Speed Request
Convert NO
N/A N/A
Limits
N/A N/A
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Scania S6 Allspeed from ver.1794335 Fault Codes on page 987
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Scania S6 Allspeed from ver.1794335 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
6.58.5 S8 Singlespeed
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
OilLevelLow Low Engine Oil Level
OilLevelHigh High Engine Oil Level
P-OilLow Low Engine Oil Pressure
T-CoolantHigh High Engine Coolant Temp
T-HightPwrLost Power Lost Due to High Temp
EngStopLimit Engine stop limit exceed
Charge61 Charge 61
TestLamp Test Engine Lamp
Diagnostic Diagnostic Status
NewDTC New DTC
IncorrectDrv Incorrect Driver Initiated Engine Shut Down
GasLeakage Gas Leakage
AirFltClogged Engine Air Filter Clogged
OBDreact mode Emission-OBD reactivation mode
Afterrun Afterrun Status
AFTClogged Aftertreatment Clogged Status
AFTManBypass Aftertreatment Manual Bypass Request
AFTPortVlv Aftertreatment Port Valve Status
AFTBypassVlv Aftertreatment Bypass Valve Status
AFTExotherm Aftertreatment Exotherm Status
AFTManBypass Aftertreatment Manual Bypass Status
CoordinatAlive Coordinator Stay Alive Request
deSOx Heatup deSOx heatup request
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
AP KickDownSw 559 Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
AccelRateLimit 2979 Vehicle Acceleration Rate Limit Status
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
DPFInhibited 3702 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Status
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
DPFInhSwitch 3703 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
Proprietary parameters
Nominal speed offset (if Torque enable is “Engine speed control”). Increase or decrease the
reference speed (with or without droop) in relation to nominal speed. The offset range is
APP - Nominal Speed Offset
changeable with calibration parameters. (normally ± 120 rpm, 0% = -120 rpm and 100% =
+120 rpm)
0 – No request
1 – Invalidated manual regeneration request
2 - Manual regeneration request
DPF Manual Activation
3 – 13 – Reserved
14 – Error
15 – Don’t care
APP - Nominal Speed Offset settings for InteliDrive DCU, InteliDrive Mobile
Source Speed Request
Convert NO
N/A N/A
Limits
N/A N/A
Recommended wiring
8pin diagnostic
Function ECU connector Controller
connector
CAN H N/A 6 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L N/A 7 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) N/A 1,4 N/A
Battery - (negative) N/A 2,5 N/A
Key Switch N/A 3 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG COM
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
ScaniaS8 Singlespeed aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Solid On Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink fast Blink fast
6.58.6 S8 Allspeed
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
OilLevelLow Low Engine Oil Level
OilLevelHigh High Engine Oil Level
P-OilLow Low Engine Oil Pressure
T-CoolantHigh High Engine Coolant Temp
T-HightPwrLost Power Lost Due to High Temp
EngStopLimit Engine stop limit exceed
Proprietary parameters
Parameter name Function
Nominal speed offset (if Torque enable is “Engine speed control”). Increase or decrease the
reference speed (with or without droop) in relation to nominal speed. The offset range is
Accelerator Pedal Position
changeable with calibration parameters. (normally ± 120 rpm, 0% = -120 rpm and 100% =
+120 rpm)
0 – No request
1 – Invalidated manual regeneration request
2 - Manual regeneration request
DPF Manual Activation
3 – 13 – Reserved
14 – Error
15 – Don’t care
APP - Nominal Speed Offset settings for InteliDrive DCU, InteliDrive Mobile
Source Speed Request
Convert NO
N/A N/A
Limits
N/A N/A
Recommended wiring
8pin diagnostic
Function ECU connector Controller
connector
CAN H N/A 6 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L N/A 7 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) N/A 1,4 N/A
Battery - (negative) N/A 2,5 N/A
Key Switch N/A 3 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see ScaniaS8 Allspeed Fault Codes on page 988
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
ScaniaS8 Allspeed aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Solid On Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink fast Blink fast
6.59.1 Conext
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Recommended wiring
RS485
Function RS485 connector Controller
RS485 A A RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 COM
RS485 B B RS485 B
Ethernet
Function RJ45 connector Controller
Ethernet RS485out Ethernet
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Active Faults Flag Active Faults Flag 1000
Active Warning Flag Active Warning Flag 1000
Charger Enabled
Charger Enabled Satus 1000
Satus
Forced Sell Status Forced Sell Status 1000
Inverter Enabled
Inverter Enabled Status 1000
Status
Recommended wiring
RS485
Function RS485 connector Controller
RS485 A A RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 COM
RS485 B B RS485 B
6.60.1 Bosch
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
ParkingBrake 70 Parking Brake Switch
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
AP KickDownSw 559 Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch
CCActive 595 Cruise Control Active
Brake 597 Brake Switch
6.60.2 Denso
Available parameters
Recommended wiring
80 pin Vehicle
Function Controller
Connector
CAN1 (extension
CAN H V37
modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN1 (extension
CAN COM N/A
modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN1 (extension
CAN L V17
modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) V29, V63, V41, V61 N/A
V39,V59,V79,
Battery - (negative) N/A
V80,V40,V60,V20
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see SDEC ECTEK F20 Fault Codes on page 572
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
PositionContrl Position Control
EGREndStop End Stop Calibration
EGR Wipe Wipe
EngBrakeLmp Engine Brake Lamp
T-CoolLamo High Coolant Tmperature Lamp
MIL MIL Lamp
CheckEngine Check Engine Lamp
PTO/RSGLmp Cruise/PTO/RSG Lamp
AirHeaterLmp AIR Heater Lamp
TorqueSelect Torque Select Lamp
GearChange Gear Change Signal for TM ACC
DPFRegActive Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Status
DPFAutReg DPF Automatic Reg Lamp
DPFManReg DPF Manual Reg Lamp
DPFVoice DPF Voice Guidance
VarSpeedLmp Variable Speed Set Lamp
OilLamp Oil Level/Temp Lamp
EcorollStatus Ecoroll Status Lamp
SmartPowr Dual Power and Smart Power Status Lamp
Recommended wiring
80 pin Vehicle
Function Controller
Connector
CAN H V10 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L V30 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) V58, V60, V78, V80 N/A
V18, V40, V20, V38,
Battery - (negative) N/A
V56, V76, V61
Key Switch V46, V66 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see SDEC ECTEK F20 Fault Codes on page 572
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Air Conditioner
Air Conditioner Comm Fail 2000
Comm Fail
Battery Stack
Battery Stack Device Failure 2000
Device Failure
Critical Failure Critical Failure 2000
Fire Alarm Fire Alarm 2000
Fire Fighting
Fire Fighting Equipment Failure 2000
Equipment Failure
Fire Spray Fire Spray 2000
Flooding Failure Flooding Failure 2000
Heavy Failure Heavy Failure 2000
High Fault High Fault 2000
IO module
IO module Communication Fail Communication 2000
Fail
Lightning
Lightning Protection Failure 2000
Protection Failure
PCS Equipment
PCS Equipment Failure 2000
Failure
SCUs and Bsus
SCUs and Bsus Communication Fail Communication 2000
Fail
SCUs and PCS
SCUs and PCS Communication Fail Communication 2000
Fail
T/H Sensor
T/H Sensor Communication Fail Communication 2000
Fail
Total
Total Communication Failure Communication 2000
Failure
Warning Warning 2000
Recommended wiring
Function TCP/IP connector Controller
Ethernet RJ45 Ethernet
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Recommended wiring
Function RS485 connector Controller
RS485 A A RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 COM
RS485 B B RS485 B
Image 5.143 PV SE
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function Connector Controller
RS485 A RS485 Data + A RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 COM
RS485 B RS485 Data - B RS485 A
Ethernet Gland 1 - RJ45 Ethernet
6.64.1 Sunspec PV
Controllers that support the Sunspec PV
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
WMaxLimPctEna WMaxLimPctEna 1000
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
WMaxLimPctEna WMaxLimPctEna 1000
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Shutdown Shutdown
PowerDerate Power Derate
Alarm Alarm
Ramp Stop Ramp Stop
Engine Running Engine Running
Gas Request Gas Request
Pre-lube ON Pre-lubrication On
Post-cool ON Post-cooling On
Pre-lube fin Pre-lubrication finished
Engine ready Engine is ready to load
Autocarb fin Autocarburetion Finished
RatioDerateHGT Ratio derate due to high Gas Throttle #1 opening (FB)
PowerDerateHGT Power derate due to high Gas Throttle #1 opening (FB)
RatioDerateLB Ratio derate due to low biogas pressure (FB)
PowerDerateLB Power derate due to low biogas pressure (FB)
FuelBlendingON Fuel Blending On (FB)
GasRequest Natural Gas request (FB)
Idle Idle = 1
NOx1 sens err NOx_1 sensor error
Vent Valve Fb Vent Valve Feedback
Vent Valve Sp Vent Valve Setpoint
PrechamValve Prechamber Valve
NOx2 sens err Nox_2 sensor error
Autocarb Runn Autocarburetion Running
RatioDerateLGP Ratio derate due to Low Generated Power (FB)
PowerDerateLGP Power derate due to Low
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Siemens GSC-E aftertreatment lamps
6.66.1 PWG
Controllers that support the PWG:
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
On Off Statuses OnOffStatuses 500
Oper Mode OperMode 500
VSG Mode On VSGModeOn 500
Recommended wiring
Function RS485 connector Controller
RS485 A A RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 COM
RS485 B B RS485 B
6.67.1 PV Inverters
Available parameters
While some controllers support all parameters from the list above, the controllers listed below can support only some of the parameters.
These are then denoted with the same number.
NT NT NT
1 - InteliLite , 2 - InteliLite , 3 - InteliDrive Lite , 4 - InteliCompact , 5 - InteliNano , 6 - InteliDrive Nano , 7 - InteliGen200, InteliGen500
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function Controller
RS485 A RS485 A
RS485 COM RS485 COM
RS485 B RS485 B
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function Controller
RS485 A RS485 A
RS485 COM RS485 COM
RS485 B RS485 B
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function Controller
RS485 A RS485 A
RS485 COM RS485 COM
RS485 B RS485 A
Available list of texts of fault codes see SMA SolidQ Fault Codes on page 603
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function Controller
RS485 A RS485 A
RS485 COM RS485 COM
RS485 B RS485 A
6.68.1 BBM
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
T-Coolant AL Water Temperature Alarm
P-Oil AL Oil Pressure Alarm
Voltage AL Voltage Alarm
P-Air AL Air Pressure Alarm
TranPowNotPlce Transmission Power take-off is not in place
BroknShftDrivn Broken Shaft (first shaft) power take-off driven
ParkingBrake 70 Parking Brake Switch
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU ST connector Controller
CAN H 1.14 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 1.13 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 4.16 N/A
Battery - (negative) 4.15,4.18 N/A
Key Switch 4.17 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Sinotruk BBM Fault Codes on page 995
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Sinotruk BBM aftertreatment lamps
C - Common rail
xxCxx
D - Bosch VP 44/30 solenoid controlled injection pumps
xxxTx Turbocharged
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
SISU EEM3 Gen-set aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
AP KickDownSw 559 Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
FuelShtoff1 632 Engine Fuel Shutoff 1 Control
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
EPS SDApproach 1109 Engine Protection System Approaching Shutdown
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FuelLeakage1 1239 Engine Fuel Leakage 1
FuelLeakage2 1240 Engine Fuel Leakage 2
TranShiftInhib 1851 Transmission Shift Inhibit Indicator
TranMode1Ind 2536 Transmission Mode 1 Indicator
TranMode2Ind 2537 Transmission Mode 2 Indicator
TranMode3Ind 2538 Transmission Mode 3 Indicator
TranMode4Ind 2539 Transmission Mode 4 Indicator
FuelShtoff2 2807 Engine Fuel Shutoff 2 Control
TranCrnkEnable 2900 Transmission Engine Crank Enable
AccelRateLimit 2979 Vehicle Acceleration Rate Limit Status
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
9pin diagnostic connector Controller
CAN H G CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM C CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L F CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) N/A N/A
Battery - (negative) N/A N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Standard J1939 engine Fault Codes on page 995
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Standard J1939 engine aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast Blink fast
Solid On
Solid On
Solid On Blink slow Not Supported
Blink slow
Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
AP KickDownSw 559 Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
FuelShtoff1 632 Engine Fuel Shutoff 1 Control
IdleDecrement 967 Engine Idle Decrement Switch
IdleIncrement 968 Engine Idle Increment Switch
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
EPS SDApproach 1109 Engine Protection System Approaching Shutdown
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FuelLeakage1 1239 Engine Fuel Leakage 1
FuelLeakage2 1240 Engine Fuel Leakage 2
TranShiftInhib 1851 Transmission Shift Inhibit Indicator
TranMode1Ind 2536 Transmission Mode 1 Indicator
TranMode2Ind 2537 Transmission Mode 2 Indicator
TranMode3Ind 2538 Transmission Mode 3 Indicator
TranMode4Ind 2539 Transmission Mode 4 Indicator
FuelShtoff2 2807 Engine Fuel Shutoff 2 Control
TranCrnkEnable 2900 Transmission Engine Crank Enable
AccelRateLimit 2979 Vehicle Acceleration Rate Limit Status
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Standard J1939 monitor Fault Codes on page 1017
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Standard J1939 monitor aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast Blink fast
Solid On
Solid On
Solid On Blink slow Not Supported
Blink slow
Blink fast
6.71.1 M1
Controllers that support the M1
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Warning Engine Warning Light
Preheating Preheating Control Light
OilPressure Engine Oil Pressure Light
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
Recommended wiring
No documentation available so far!
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Steyr M1 Fault Codes on page 1021
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Steyr M1 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not Not
Blink slow Blink slow
Supported Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
6.71.2 EDC17
Controllers that support the EDC17
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
ParkingBrake 70 Parking Brake Switch Rx
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
AP KickDownSw 559 Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch
BrakeSwitch 571 Retarder Enable - Brake Assist Switch
ShiftSwitch 572 Retarder Enable - Shift Assist Switch
CCActive 595 Cruise Control Active Rx
Brake 597 Brake Switch Rx
Clutch 598 Clutch Switch Rx
CCSet 599 Cruise Control Set Switch Rx
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
Recommended wiring
No documentation available so far!
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Steyr EDC17 Fault Codes on page 1021
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Steyr EDC17 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
DFM1 DFM Summation Enable. DFM 1
DFM2 DFM Summation Enable. DFM 2
DFM3 DFM Summation Enable. DFM 3
DFM4 DFM Summation Enable. DFM 4
DFM5 DFM Summation Enable. DFM 5
DFM6 DFM Summation Enable. DFM 6
DFM7 DFM Summation Enable. DFM 7
DFM8 DFM Summation Enable. DFM 8
DFM9 DFM Summation Enable. DFM 9
DFM10 DFM Summation Enable. DFM 10
DFM11 DFM Summation Enable. DFM 11
DFM12 DFM Summation Enable. DFM 12
DFM13 DFM Summation Enable. DFM 13
DFM14 DFM Summation Enable. DFM 14
DFM15 DFM Summation Enable. DFM 15
DFM16 DFM Summation Enable. DFM 16
Recommended wiring
Function ECU connector Controller
CAN H N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) N/A N/A
Battery - (negative) N/A N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
6.73.1 SG PV
Controllers that support the SG PV:
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Ethernet
Function RJ45 connector Controller
Ethernet RJ45 connector Ethernet
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Logger_On-
Logger On-Off 2500
Off
Ethernet
Function connector Controller
Ethernet RJ45 Ethernet
Ethernet
Function connector Controller
Ethernet ETH 2 Ethernet
6.74.1 Megapack
Controllers that support the Sunny Island BESS:
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Command
Shutdown
Command Shutdown System Status 500
System
Status
Island
Island Control Mode Status Control 500
Mode Status
Because Tesla BESS Megapack does not provide explicit parameter with calculated "State of Charge" (SOC)
percentage, thus user has to calculate it himself.
To do that Tesla provides two parameters:
Using these you can calculate SOC in controller PLC logic like so:
Recommended wiring
Function Controller
RS485 A RS485 A
RS485 COM RS485 COM
RS485 B RS485 B
Battery + (positive) N/A
Battery - (negative) N/A
Available list of texts of fault codes see Tesla Megapack Fault Codes on page 646
6.75.1 LSU49
Controllers that support the LSU49
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Diag Vs Diag: Vs out of range
Diag Vbat Diag: Vbat
Diag GND Diag: GND out of range
Diag Ip Diag: Ip not enabled
Diag Pcold Diag: Probe too cold
Recommended wiring
Function 6 pin connector Controller
CAN H 1 (White) CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 2 (blue) CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 3 (red) N/A
Battery - (negative) 4 (black) N/A
Analog ground 5 (brown) analog input COM
Analog output 6 (yellow) Any analog input AI
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
6.76.1 TPEM
Controllers that support the TPEM
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
T604 CV T604 CV exhaust air sensor error
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Communication settings
Function Settings
Baud rate 9600
Start bit 2
Data bits 8
Parity None
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see TPEM Fault Codes on page 1022
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
TPEM aftertreatment lamps
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
ReadyStart Ready to Start
DInEngEn Dig. Input Engine Enable
DInTypOp Dig. Input Type of Operation
DInOpPhase Dig. Input Operation Phase
DinPlus Dig. Input Plus
DInMinus Dig. Input Minus
DInF1 Dig. Input Function 1
DInF2 Dig. Input Function 2
DInF3 Dig. Input Function 3
DInF4 Dig. Input Function 4
DInF5 Dig. Input Function 5
DInF6 Dig. Input Function 6
DInF7 Dig. Input Function 7
DInF8 Dig. Input Function 8
DOutIgnLoA Dig. Output Ign. Low A
DOutIgnLoB Dig. Output Ign. Low B
DOutIgnLoC Dig. Output Ign. Low C
DOutIgnLoD Dig. Output Ign. Low D
DOutIgnLoE Dig. Output Ign. Low E
DOutIgnLoF Dig. Output Ign. Low F
DOutIgnLoG Dig. Output Ign. Low G
DOutIgnLoH Dig. Output Ign. Low H
DOutIgnHiA Dig. Output Ign. High A
DOutIgnHiB Dig. Output Ign. High B
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU connector Controller
CAN H 60 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 58 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive 12V) 3,21 N/A
Battery - (negative) 1,2 N/A
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Trijekt Gas Fault Codes on page 1022
Aftertreatment lamps
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
6.78.1 CCGX
Controllers that support the CCGX:
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name Name Polling period
Alarm Alarm 400
Fuse Blown
Fuse Blown Alarm 400
Alarm
High Fused-
High Fused-Voltage alarm 400
Voltage alarm
High Internal-
High Internal-Temperature Alarm Temperature 400
Alarm
High Starter-
High Starter-Voltage Alarm 400
Voltage Alarm
High
High Temperature Alarm Temperature 400
Alarm
High Voltage
High Voltage Alarm 400
Alarm
Low Coltage
Low Coltage Alarm 400
Alarm
Low Fused-
Low Fused-Voltage Alarm 400
Voltage Alarm
Low Starter-
Low Starter-Voltage Alarm 400
Voltage Alarm
RS485
Function RS485 connector Controller
RJ485 A 1 RJ485 A
RJ485 COM N/A RJ485 COM
RJ485 B 3 RJ485 B
6.79.1 EDC
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU connector Controller
CAN H 62 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 83 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 1,5 N/A
Battery - (negative) 2,4,6 N/A
Key Switch 28 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see VM Industrial Fault Codes on page 1022 or see VM Marine Fault
Codes on page 1024
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
VM Industrial aftertreatment lamps
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
xxxxxx0xx Version
xxxxxxxGx Generator drive
Note: Standalone connection (hardwired speed potentiometer). On D12 industrial gen-set engines it's possible
to connect standalone connection. If there is a ComAp panel connected via CAN bus during power up the
engine will detect this and will be controlled via CAN bus. But if the ComAp panel is dead during power up the
engine and if there is connected a potentiometer on standalone connector the engine will detect this and will run
in stand alone mode.
Proprietary parameters
Parameter name Function
The command used for engine running. The recommended source value for this command is
Start Request
Starter.
The command for normal stopping of the engine. The recommended source value for this
Stop Request
command is Stop pulse.
The idle/rated switch allows commanding the engine between idle speed and rated speed. The
Idle Speed Select
recommended source value for this command is Idle/Nominal.
Preheat Request Status of the Preheat request. The recommended source value for this command is Logical 0.
Note: If the engine doesn't crank, check the state of engine mounted auxiliary stop device.
IMPORTANT: It is important that there is no continuous active stop signal on pin 6. The active stop
signal depends on the configuration and represents either +24VDC or GND is present on the pin 6.
If there is a constant active stop signal a number of problems will occur:
It is impossible to change parameters.
It is impossible to reprogram the control unit.
The ECU could be damaged when power is removed.
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Volvo Industrial Fault Codes on page 1026
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Volvo Industrial aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast Blink fast
Solid On
Solid On
Not Supported Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Running VP72 Running indication
P-Oil VP72 Oil pressure alarm
T-Oil VP72 Oil temperature alarm
OilLvl VP72 Oil level alarm
Charge VP72 Charge alarm
T-Coolant VP72 Coolant temperature alarm
CoolantLvl VP72 Coolant level alarm
P-Fuel VP72 Fuel pressure alarm
WaterInFuel VP72 Water in fuel alarm
P-SeaWater VP72 Sea water pressure alarm
P-FreshWater VP72 Fresh water pressure alarm
P-Crankcase VP72 Crankcase pressure alarm
P-PistonCool VP72 Piston cooling pressure alarm
P-Boost VP72 Boost pressure alarm
T-Boost VP72 Boost temperature alarm
T-Exhaust VP72 Exhaust temperature alarm
P-DiffOilFlt VP72 Engine oil filter differential pressure alarm
Overspeed VP72 Overspeed alarm
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
EPS SDApproach 1109 Engine Protection System Approaching Shutdown
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
Proprietary parameters
Parameter name Function
The command for normal stopping of the engine. The recommended source value for this
Stop Request
command is Stop pulse.
The command used for engine running. The recommended source value for this command is
Crank Request
Starter.
The command for normal stopping of the engine. The recommended source value for this
Stop Request
command is Stop pulse.
Recommended wiring
8pin diagnostic
Function ECU connector Controller
connector
CAN H N/A 1 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L N/A 2 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) N/A 4 N/A
Battery - (negative) N/A 3 N/A
Key Switch N/A 5 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG COM
Any binary output configured as inverted
Stop request N/A 6
ECUCommError
Note: If the engine doesn't crank, check the state of engine mounted auxiliary stop device.
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Volvo Allspeed Fault Codes on page 1029
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Volvo Allspeed aftertreatment lamps
Solid
On
Solid On
Blink Not Not
Blink slow
slow Supported Supported
Blink fast
Blink
fast
Solid
On
Not Blink Solid On Not
Supported slow Blink slow Supported
Blink
fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
AP low idle switch 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
AP kick down switch 559 Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch
Parking Brake Switch 70 Parking Brake Switch
Cruise Control Active 595 Cruise Control Active
Cruise Control Enable Switch 596 Cruise Control Enable Switch
Brake Switch 597 Brake Switch
Clutch Switch 598 Clutch Switch
Protect Lamp 987 Protect Lamp
Amber Warning Lamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
Red Stop Lamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
Malfunction Lamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Flash Protect Indicator Lamp 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
Flash Amber Warning Lamp
Fast Flash Amber Warning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
Lamp
Flash Red Stop Lamp
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp
Running Indication - Proprietary parameter.
Diagnostic state - Proprietary parameter.
Oil Pressure Alarm - Proprietary parameter.
Oil Temperature Alarm - Proprietary parameter.
Oil Level Alarm - Proprietary parameter.
Charge Alarm - Proprietary parameter.
Coolant Temperature - Proprietary parameter.
Coolant Level Alarm - Proprietary parameter.
Water in Fuel Alarm - Proprietary parameter.
Shift In Process 574 Transmission Shift In Process
Converter Lockup 573 Transmission Torque Converter Lockup Engaged
Momentary engine
161 Transmission Input Shaft Speed
overspeed enable
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Preheat VP71 Preheat Indication
Running VP71 Running Indication
Overspeed VP71 Overspeed Alarm
OilPress VP71 Oil Pressure Alarm
OilTemp VP71 Oil Temperature Alarm
CoolantTemp VP71 Coolant Temperature
Coolant Level VP71 Coolant Level Alarm
Charge Alarm VP71 Charge Alarm
Buzzer VP71 Buzzer
OilDiffPress VP71 EngineOil Filter Diff.Press
Fuel Press VP71 Fuel Pressure Alarm
OverrideInd VP71 Override Indication
GeneralLamp VP71 General LampTest
Buzzer/Lamp VP71 Buzzer/LampTest
EMS YellowLamp VP71 EMS Diagnose Yellow Lamp
EMS RedLamp VP71 EMS Diagnose Red Lamp
PrimBattery VP71 Primary Battery Status
SecBattery VP71 Secondary Battery Status
15 FuseState VP71 15 Fuse Status
30 FuseState VP71 30 Fuse Status
EMS FuseState VP71 EMS Fuse Status
ExtraFuseState VP71 Extra Fuse Status
SysPwrDownAck ACM System power down ack
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
EPS SDApproach 1109 Engine Protection System Approaching Shutdown
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
Proprietary parameters
Parameter name Function
The command used for engine running. The recommended source value for this command is
Start Request
Starter.
The command for normal stopping of the engine. The recommended source value for this
Stop Request
command is Stop pulse.
The idle/rated switch allows commanding the engine between idle speed and rated speed. The
Idle Speed Select
recommended source value for this command is Idle/Nominal.
Preheat Request Status of the Preheat request. The recommended source value for this command is Logical 0.
Recommended wiring
8pin diagnostic
Function ECU connector Controller
connector
CAN H N/A 1 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L N/A 2 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) N/A 4 N/A
Battery - (negative) N/A 3 N/A
Key Switch N/A 5 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG COM
Any binary output configured as inverted
Stop request N/A 6
ECUCommError
Note: If the engine doesn't crank, check the state of engine mounted auxiliary stop device.
IMPORTANT: It is important that there is no continuous active stop signal on pin 6. The active stop
signal depends on the configuration and represents either +24VDC or GND is present on the pin 6.
If there is a constant active stop signal a number of problems will occur:
It is impossible to change parameters.
It is impossible to reprogram the control unit.
The ECU could be damaged when power is removed.
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Volvo Industrial Fault Codes on page 1026
Control units that are configured using InteliConfig have this procedure automated, more information can be
found in respected controller's Global Guide.
Protection Override
Parameter VP70 protection override (called Restored operation override by Volvo) is a signal that can be used to
return engine to "normal" operation in case the engine started derating, went to idle speed or shutdown for
various reasons.
This parameter has minimum ON time of 10 seconds and maximum 60 seconds. If the signal is held closed for
more than 60 seconds, engine will return to whatever procedure it was doing before the signal was closed.
If longer period of restored operation than 60 seconds is required, the signal has to be cycled regularly. See time
diagram bellow.
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Volvo Industrial EMS2.4 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast Blink fast
Solid On
Solid On
Not Supported Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Proprietary parameter.
Main Fuel Valve -
Status of the main fuel valve.
Proprietary parameter.
Pre-chamber Fuel Valve -
Status of the pre-chamber fuel valve (if applicable).
Proprietary parameter.
Engine Running -
Whether the engine is running or not running.
Proprietary parameter.
Starter Motor -
Whether the starter motor is engaged or not.
Proprietary parameter.
Pre/Post Lube -
Whether the pre/post lube pump is running.
Proprietary parameter.
Yellow Warning Lamp - This lamp is used to relay trouble code information that is reporting a problem
with the engine system but the engine need not be immediately stopped.
Proprietary parameter.
Red Shutdown Lamp - This lamp is used to relay trouble code information that is of a severe enough
condition that it warrants stopping the engine.
Proprietary parameter.
Engine Knocking -
Whether the engine is in uncontrollable knock.
Proprietary parameter.
Start Engine Signal -
Whether the start engine signal is active.
ECU 47pin
Function Controller
connector
RS485 A 2 RS485 – RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 – RS485 COM
RS485 B 23 RS485 – RS485 B
Battery + (positive) N/A N/A
Battery - (negative) N/A N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
SG OUT
Analog Speed Control 28
Analog Speed Control range -2.5VDC – +2.5VDC
Analog Speed Control 29 SG COM
Analog Speed Control Shield N/A N/A
Note: Check that RS485 bus terminating resistors or appropriate jumpers are connected.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Waukesha ESM Fault Codes on page 1036.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Waukesha ESM Fault Codes on page 1036
Diagnostic lamps
It is possible to configure Yellow Warning Lamp and Red Shutdown Lamp as binary inputs. Displaying of fault
codes in the alarm list is conditioned by configuration of these inputs. Once they are not configured the alarms
are blocked and not displayed.
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
MainFuelValve Main Fuel Valve
PreChamFuelVal Pre-chamber Fuel Valve
Recommended wiring
CI Harness
Function ECU 47pin Controller
connector
RS485 A 2 RS485 – RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 – RS485 COM
RS485 B 23 RS485 – RS485 B
Emergency Shutdown (+24V) 15 N/A
Run/Stop 25 Any binary output configured as Fuel Solenoid
Key Switch 24 Any binary output configured as ECU Starter
SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A
Analog Speed Control range -2.5VDC – +2.5VDC
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
Analog Speed Control Shield N/A N/A
Note: Check that RS485 bus terminating resistors or appropriate jumpers are connected.
Diagnostic lamps
It is possible to configure Yellow Warning Lamp and Red Shutdown Lamp as binary inputs. Displaying of fault
codes in the alarm list is conditioned by configuration of these inputs. Once they are not configured the alarms
are blocked and not displayed.
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Waukesha ESM2 aftertreatment lamps
ECU 47pin
Function Controller
connector
RS485 A 2 RS485 – RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 – RS485 COM
RS485 B 23 RS485 – RS485 B
Battery + (positive) N/A N/A
Battery - (negative) N/A N/A
Key Switch N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
SG OUT
Analog Speed Control 28
Analog Speed Control range -2.5VDC – +2.5VDC
Analog Speed Control 29 SG COM
Analog Speed Control Shield N/A N/A
Note: Check that RS485 bus terminating resistors or appropriate jumpers are connected.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Waukesha ESM Fault Codes on page 1036.
Diagnostic lamps
It is possible to configure Yellow Warning Lamp and Red Shutdown Lamp as binary inputs. Displaying of fault
codes in the alarm list is conditioned by configuration of these inputs. Once they are not configured the alarms
are blocked and not displayed.
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
MainFuelValve Main Fuel Valve
PreChamFuelVal Pre-chamber Fuel Valve
EngineRunning Engine Running
StarterMotor Starter Motor
Pre/PostLube Pre/Post Lube
EngineAlarm Engine Alarm
EngineShutdown Engine Shutdown
EngineKnocking EngineKnocking
MisFire Misfire
IgnitEnabled IgnitionEnabled
MalfIndicLight Malfunction Indicator Light for EPA Cert engines
DriverCircuit1 PDB Driver circuit 1
DriverCircuit2 PDB Driver circuit 2
DriverCircuit3 PDB Driver circuit 3
DriverCircuit4 PDB Driver circuit 4
DriverCircuit5 PDB Driver circuit 5
DriverCircuit6 PDB Driver circuit 6
DistrCircuit1 PDB Distribution Circuit 1
DistrCircuit2 PDB Distribution Circuit 2
DistrCircuit3 PDB Distribution Circuit 3
DistrCircuit4 PDB Distribution Circuit 4
DistrCircuit5 PDB Distribution Circuit 5
DistrCircuit6 PDB Distribution Circuit 6
DistrCircuit7 PDB Distribution Circuit 7
DistrCircuit8 PDB Distribution Circuit 8
IgnitHighPower Ignition High Power
StartSignal Start engine signal
NormalShutdown Normal shutdown
EShutdown Emergency shutdown
RemoteRPM Remote RPM select
RunHighIdle Run high idle
LoadComing Load coming
AltrDyn/SynMod Alternate dynamics / synchronizer mode
LockoutButton Lockout button
UserDigInput1 User digital input 1
UserDigInput2 User digital input 2
PreLubegFlag 7 Customer pre-lube flag
ServiceToolFlg Service Tool flag
FuelValvManFlg Fuel Control Valves Manual Flag
V-OverTrip PDB Overvoltage Trip
Recommended wiring
CI Harness
Function ECU 47pin Controller
connector
RS485 A 2 RS485 – RS485 A
RS485 COM N/A RS485 – RS485 COM
RS485 B 23 RS485 – RS485 B
Emergency Shutdown (+24V) 15 N/A
Run/Stop 25 Any binary output configured as Fuel Solenoid
Key Switch 24 Any binary output configured as ECU Starter
SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A
Analog Speed Control range -2.5VDC – +2.5VDC
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
Analog Speed Control Shield N/A N/A
Note: Check that RS485 bus terminating resistors or appropriate jumpers are connected.
Communication settings
Function Settings
Baud rate 9600
Start bit 1
Data bits 8
Parity Even
Diagnostic lamps
It is possible to configure Yellow Warning Lamp and Red Shutdown Lamp as binary inputs. Displaying of fault
codes in the alarm list is conditioned by configuration of these inputs. Once they are not configured the alarms
are blocked and not displayed.
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Waukesha ESM2 aftertreatment lamps
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Lvl-OilLow Lube Oil Level Low
Lvl-CoolantLow Coolant Water Level Low
T-ExhaustL Left Exhaust Temperature Fault Condition
T-ExhaustR Right Exhaust Temperature Fault Condition
P-Rail Rail Fault Condition
T-LubeOilL Left Lube Oil Temperature Fault Condition
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
16-Pin
Function ECU connectors Controller
connector
CAN H 4.22 6 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN
CAN COM 4.14 N/A
COM
CAN L 4.23 14 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 4.01,4.04,4.05,4.07,4.08 16 N/A
Battery - (negative) 4.06,4.09,4.10,4.11,4.12,4.13,4.16 4 N/A
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Weichai WISE10B aftertreatment lamps
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
ParkingBrake 70 Parking Brake Switch
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
AP KickDownSw 559 Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU K connector Controller
CAN H 80 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM 76 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 81 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 44, 45, 63, 64 N/A
Battery - (negative) 46, 47, 65, 66 N/A
Key Switch 30 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control 51 SG OUT
Analog Speed Control 69 SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see see Weichai WISE12B Fault Codes on page 1039
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Weichai WISE12B aftertreatment lamps
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
FuelEconomy Fuel Economy Status
EmeUnlckFnc Emergency Unlock Function Status
StarterModule Status Of Starter Module
EngineT15 Status Of Engine While T15
ParkingBrake 70 Parking Brake Switch
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
AP KickDownSw 559 Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch
Brake 597 Brake Switch
Clutch 598 Clutch Switch
IdleDecrement 967 Engine Idle Decrement Switch
IdleIncrement 968 Engine Idle Increment Switch
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
VGTAirCtrlVlv 2792 Engine Variable Geometry Turbocharger (VGT) Air Control Shutoff Valve
AP2LowIdleSw 2970 Accelerator Pedal 2 Low Idle Switch
DPFInhibited 3702 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Status
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
DPFInhSwitch 3703 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
While some controllers support all parameters from the list above, the controllers listed below can support only some of the parameters.
These are then denoted with the same number.
NT NT NT
1 - InteliLite , 2 - InteliLite , 3 - InteliDrive Lite , 4 - InteliCompact , 5 - InteliNano , 6 - InteliDrive Nano , 7 - InteliGen200, InteliGen500
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see see Weichai WISE13A Fault Codes on page 1039
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Weichai WISE13A aftertreatment lamps
Solid
Not Not On
Solid On
Supported Supported Blink
slow
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU "X1" connector Controller
CAN H 42 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM 44 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 43 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 01, 03, 05 N/A
Battery - (negative) 02, 04, 06 N/A
Key Switch 59 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control 9 SG OUT
Analog Speed Control 25 SG COM
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Weichai WISE15A aftertreatment lamps
Not
Solid On Solid On Solid On
Supported
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
CCEnable 596 Cruise Control Enable Switch
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
While some controllers support all parameters from the list above, the controllers listed below can support only some of the parameters.
These are then denoted with the same number.
NT NT NT
1 - InteliLite , 2 - InteliLite , 3 - InteliDrive Lite , 4 - InteliCompact , 5 - InteliNano , 6 - InteliDrive Nano , 7 - InteliGen200, InteliGen500
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU "X1" connector Controller
CAN H 42 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Weichai WISE15A aftertreatment lamps
Not
Solid On Solid On Solid On
Supported
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
ExpTankLow Expansion Tank Level Low
FuelLeak Fuel Leakage Alarm
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Recommended wiring
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Weichai WISE18B aftertreatment lamps
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterLevelLow Cooling Fresh Water Level Low
OilLevelLow Lub. Oil Level Low
FuelLeak_M Fuel Leackage Alarm (Master)
FuelLeak_S Fuel Leackage Alarm (Slave)
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Weichai WISE18B Duel aftertreatment lamps
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Lvl-OilLow Lube Oil Level Low
Lvl-CoolantLow Coolant Water Level Low
T-ExhaustL Left Exhaust Temperature Fault Condition
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
16-Pin
Function ECU connectors Controller
connector
CAN H 4.22 6 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN
CAN COM 4.14 N/A
COM
CAN L 4.23 14 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 4.01,4.04,4.05,4.07,4.08 16 N/A
Battery - (negative) 4.06,4.09,4.10,4.11,4.12,4.13,4.16 4 N/A
Any binary output configured as ECU
Key Switch 4.36
PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control 3.09 SG OUT
Analog Speed Control 3.01 SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see see Weichai WISE10B Fault Codes on page 1037
6.83.1 IC920
Recommended wiring
Function Controller
RS485 A RS485 – RS485 A
RS485 COM RS485 – RS485 COM
RS485 B RS485 – RS485 B
Battery + (positive) N/A
Battery - (negative) N/A
Note: Check that RS485 bus terminating resistors or appropriate jumpers are connected.
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
IC920 aftertreatment lamps
Recommended wiring
Function Controller
CAN H CAN H
CAN COM CAN COM
CAN L CAN L
Battery + (positive) N/A
Battery - (negative) N/A
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
6.84.1 TNV
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
Preheat Preheat Function Acknowledge
Shutdown Shutdown Acknowledge
GlowPlug Glow Plug Function Acknowledge
STARTSW Port STARTSW Port status
SHUDNSW Port SHUDNSW Port status
IGNSW Port IGNSW Port status
APP-IP1 Droop selection SW status
APP-IP2 Starter permission2 SW status
APP-IP3 Speed1 SW status
APP-IP4 Speed2 SW status
APP-IP5 High idling limitation SW status
APP-IP6 Speed selection enable SW status
APP-IP7 Engine Stop2 SW status
MAIN-RLY MAIN-RLY Port status
SAID-RLY SAID-RLY Port status
2,7
FAIL-LMP FAIL-LMP Port status
PREHT-LMP PREHT-LMP Port status
SpeedSel APP-OP1 status
CHGSW Port Charge failure SW status
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU connector Controller
CAN H 40 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM 30 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 39 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 34 N/A
Battery - (negative) 33,45 N/A
Key Switch 7 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Yanmar TNV Fault Codes on page 1057
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Solid On Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On Solid On
Blink fast Blink fast
6.84.2 EDC17
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
2,7
FAIL-LMP FAIL-LMP Port status
2,7
DPF-M4 Port DPF Regenaration Acknowledge Lamp Status
REOP2 Buzzer
STR-RLY Port Starter Relay Status
OVHT-LMP-Port Coolant temperature warning Lamp
REOP3 Amber Warning Lamp staus
REOP4 Red Engine stop Lamp status
Preheat Preheat Function Acknowledge
Shutdown Shutdown Acknowledge
GlowPlug Glow Plug Function Acknowledge
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Yanmar EDC17 aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On Solid On
Blink fast Blink fast
6.85.1 EDC7
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
BrakeSwitch 571 Retarder Enable - Brake Assist Switch
ShiftSwitch 572 Retarder Enable - Shift Assist Switch
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
EPS Shutdown 1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine
AP2LowIdleSw 2970 Accelerator Pedal 2 Low Idle Switch
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
ECU vehicle Diagnostic
Function Controller
connector connector
CAN H 1.35 6 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 1.34 14 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 1.08,1.09,1.02,1.03 16 N/A
Battery - (negative) 1.10,1.11,1.05,1.06 5 N/A
Key Switch 1.40 N/A Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see see YaMZ EDC7 Fault Codes on page 1057
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
YaMZ EDC7 aftertreatment lamps
6.86.1 LH (ECU2)
Controllers that support the LH
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
AP KickDownSw 559 Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
StopLamp 5079 Engine Red Stop Lamp Command
MalfunctCmd 5080 OBD Malfunction Indicator Lamp Command
BrakeLamp 5081 Engine Brake Active Lamp Command
P-LowOilLamp 5082 Engine Oil Pressure Low Lamp Command
T-CoolHiLamp 5083 Engine Coolant Temperature High Lamp Command
CoolLvlLamp 5084 Engine Coolant Level Low Lamp Command
AirFltLamp 5086 Engine Air Filter Restriction Lamp Command
ColdStrRelayF 5550 Engine Cold Start Fuel Igniter Relay Feedback
SDOverride 517009 Shutdown Override Status
Spd-Nominal 517010 Nominal Speed Status
Override 517540 Override active
Overload 517541 Overload mode active
Clamp15 518000 State of clamp 15
Starter 518001 Engine starter state
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU "X2" connector Controller
CAN H 21 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM 19 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L 20 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) 1,2,3 N/A
Battery - (negative) 4,5 N/A
Key Switch 16 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control 34, 46 SG OUT
Analog Speed Control 11, 23 SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see see Yuchai YC-LH Fault Codes on page 1060
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Yuchai YC-LH aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Solid On
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Blink slow
Blink fast Blink fast
Solid On
Solid On
Solid On Blink slow Not Supported
Blink slow
Blink fast
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FFlashMalfunct 3038 Fast Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashRed 3039 Fast Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashRed 3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL)
1,2,3,4,7
FFlashWarning 3040 Fast Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
1,2,3,4,7
FlashWarning 3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL)
FlashProtect 3041 Flash Protect Lamp
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see Yuchai YC-BCR Fault Codes on page 1060
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Yuchai YC-BCR aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
6.86.3 YCECU
Controllers that support the YCECU
Refer to Compatibility Table (page 12)
Available parameters
ECU binary outputs (controller's inputs)
Configuration Name SPN J1939 Name
WaterInFuel 97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1
AP1LowIdleSw 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
StopLamp 623 Red Stop Lamp
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
WarningLamp 624 Amber Warning Lamp
ProtectLamp 987 Protect Lamp
1,2,3,4,7
WaitStartLamp 1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp
MalfunctLamp 1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FlashMalfunct 3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp
While some controllers support all parameters from the list above, the controllers listed below can support only some of the parameters.
These are then denoted with the same number.
NT NT NT
1 - InteliLite , 2 - InteliLite , 3 - InteliDrive Lite , 4 - InteliCompact , 5 - InteliNano , 6 - InteliDrive Nano , 7 - InteliGen200, InteliGen500
Internal controller's value of the calculator is calculated from the low/high limits from the ECU Library now
(InteliDriveDCU Marine ver. 3.0 and newer, InteliDriveDCU Industial ver. 3.4 and newer). It was calculated
from the internal controller's limits related to the particular analogue output source. If the limits are different in
the FW and ECU Library, the transmitted value may be different.
Recommended wiring
Function ECU 94pin connector Controller
CAN H K28 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN H
CAN COM N/A CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN COM
CAN L K50 CAN1 (extension modules/J1939) – CAN L
Battery + (positive) B N/A
Battery - (negative) A N/A
Key Switch K12 Any binary output configured as ECU PwrRelay
Analog Speed Control N/A SG OUT
Analog Speed Control N/A SG COM
For more information about diagnostic connector layout see SAE - J1939 diagnostic connector on page 48.
Available list of texts of fault codes see see Yuchai YC-ECU Fault Codes on page 1060
Aftertreatment lamp
Each lamp can have its own set of supported active states which it can be either Solid (lamps is ON), Blinking
slow (1Hz) or Blinking fast (2Hz). The priority of these states is Solid < Blink slow < Blinkg fast. Meaning of
different lamps needs to be consulted with documentation for the engine. Standard behavior can be found at
After-treatment support (page 50).
Yuchai YC-ECU aftertreatment lamps
Solid On Solid On
Not
Blink slow Blink slow Solid On
Supported
Blink fast Blink fast
1If a custom source is used (PLC output, analog input, etc. ) the value has to have exactly one decimal point (0.0 -
3000.0).